S-1 1 ds1.htm FORM S-1 Form S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 10, 2003

Registration No. 333-            


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


XCYTE THERAPIES, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   2834   91-1707622
(State or Other Jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)

 

1124 Columbia Street, Suite 130

Seattle, Washington 98104

(206) 262-6200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Xcyte Therapies, Inc.

1124 Columbia Street, Suite 130

Seattle, Washington 98104

(206) 262-6200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Sonya F. Erickson   Joanna S. Black   Robert M. Smith
Heller Ehrman White   General Counsel & Vice President   Dewey Ballantine LLP
& McAuliffe LLP   Xcyte Therapies, Inc.   1950 University Avenue
701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 6100   1124 Columbia Street, Suite 130   Suite 500
Seattle, Washington 98104   Seattle, Washington 98104   East Palo Alto, California 94303
(206) 447-0900   (206) 262-6200   (650) 845-7000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:    As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨                

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨                

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨                

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE(1)


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
   Proposed
Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(2)
   Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, par value $0.001

   $ 75,000,000.00    $6,067.50

(1)   In accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, the number of shares being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per share are not included in this table.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3)   To be offset, pursuant to Rule 457(p), against $22,770 previously paid with respect to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No. 333-52528, which was filed by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. on December 22, 2000.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



Table of Contents

This information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   Subject to Completion   October 10, 2003

                 Shares

 

LOGO

 

Common Stock


 

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock. We are selling all of the          shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We expect the public offering price to be between $     and $     per share.

 

We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “XCYT.”

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “Risk factors” beginning on page 7.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

         Per share         Total            

Public offering price

   $        $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $     

 

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional          shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $        , and our total proceeds, before expenses, will be $        .

 

The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth under “Underwriting.” Delivery of the shares will be made on or about         , 2003.

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2003.


Table of Contents

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock.

 

Through and including         , 2003, federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS


 

Prospectus summary    1
Risk factors    7

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

   24
Use of proceeds    25
Dividend policy    26
Capitalization    27
Dilution    29
Selected financial data    31

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

   33
Business    42
Scientific advisory board    66
Management    67

Certain relationships and related party transactions

   80
Principal stockholders    82
Description of capital stock    85
Shares eligible for future sale    90
Underwriting    92
Legal matters    96
Experts    96

Where you can find additional information

   96
Index to financial statements    F-1

 

XcyteTM, Xcyte TherapiesTM, XcellerateTM and Xcellerated T CellsTM are trademarks of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. All other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

 


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

 

This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. This prospectus includes information about the shares we are offering as well as information regarding our business and detailed financial data. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety, especially the risks of investing in our common stock, which we discuss under “Risk factors” beginning on page 7, and our financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1.

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “Xcyte,” “we,” “company,” “us” and “our” refer to Xcyte Therapies, Inc.

 

OUR BUSINESS

 

We are a biotechnology company developing a new class of therapeutic products that enhance the body’s natural immune responses to treat cancer, infectious diseases and other medical conditions associated with weakened immune systems. We produce our therapeutic products, which consist of activated, patient-specific T cells, using our patented and proprietary Xcellerate Technology. We use blood collected from the patient to generate activated T cells, which we call Xcellerated T Cells. Our Xcellerate Technology rapidly activates and expands the patient’s T cells outside of the body. These Xcellerated T Cells are subsequently administered to the patient. We believe our Xcellerate Technology can produce Xcellerated T Cells in sufficient numbers to generate rapid and potent immune responses to treat a variety of medical conditions.

 

We believe our Xcellerate Technology allows us to consistently increase the quantity and restore the quality and diversity of T cells from patients with weakened immune systems. We believe we can efficiently manufacture Xcellerated T Cells for therapeutic applications. In addition, based on clinical studies to date, we believe the Xcellerated T Cells are safe and generally well tolerated and can be easily administered to patients in an outpatient clinical setting. We expect Xcellerated T Cells may be used alone or in combination with other complementary treatments. We and our scientific collaborators have completed or are conducting clinical trials in the following indications:

 

Ø   Chronic lymphocytic leukemia, or CLL.  In our ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial in patients with CLL, Xcellerated T Cells demonstrated therapeutic effects, including decreases in leukemic cell counts, reductions in enlarged lymph nodes and decreases in enlarged spleens.

 

Ø   Multiple myeloma.  In our ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial, we have shown that Xcellerated T Cells can be used to accelerate recovery of T cells and lymphocytes in patients with multiple myeloma following treatment with high-dose chemotherapy and transplantation with the patient’s own stem cells, known as autologous stem cell transplantation. Previous independent clinical studies have demonstrated a correlation between patient survival and the speed of recovery of lymphocytes following treatment with chemotherapy and stem cell transplantation.

 

Ø   Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma.  In a physician-sponsored clinical trial, the results of which were recently published in a peer-reviewed journal, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma patients undergoing high-dose chemotherapy and autologous stem cell transplantation were treated with T cells activated with an earlier version of our proprietary technology. In this group of patients with a very poor prognosis, there were several patients with long-term survival and complete responses, which means the absence of detectable disease using conventional detection methods.

 

Ø   Kidney cancer.  In our completed Phase I clinical trial in metastatic kidney cancer, we have demonstrated that patients treated with Xcellerated T Cells and low doses of the T cell activating agent, interleukin-2, or IL-2, survived for a median of 21 months. The results of this study were recently published in a peer-reviewed journal. Previous independent clinical studies have demonstrated median survival of patients with metastatic kidney cancer of approximately 12 months.

 

1


Table of Contents
Ø   Prostate cancer.  In our recently completed Phase I/II clinical trial in prostate cancer, administration of Xcellerated T Cells led to significant decreases in the serum tumor marker, prostate specific antigen, or PSA, in two patients. In some independent clinical studies, decreases in PSA levels have been shown to correlate with increased patient survival.

 

Ø   HIV.  In a physician-sponsored clinical trial in HIV patients who had low T cell counts, treatment with T cells activated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology increased the patient population’s average T cell count to within normal levels and maintained this normal count for at least one year following therapy. The results of this study were recently published in a peer-reviewed journal.

 

OUR SOLUTION

 

We have developed our proprietary Xcellerate Technology, which consistently activates and grows large numbers of T cells ex vivo, or outside of the body, for multiple therapeutic applications.

 

Benefits of Xcellerated T Cells

 

We believe Xcellerated T Cells may be an effective treatment for cancer and infectious diseases and may have the following clinical benefits:

 

Ø   Increased T cell quantity.  Our Xcellerate Technology can be used to activate and grow up to 250 times more T cells compared to the number with which we start with in our manufacturing process. Our process can produce an infusion dose of approximately 100 billion T cells, representing a significant percentage of T cells found in healthy individuals.

 

Ø   Prolonged T cell survival.  In a clinical trial, T cells activated using our proprietary technology have been documented to survive in the body for more than a year after their administration. We believe that therapeutic effects of Xcellerated T Cells may be significantly longer than current treatments for cancer and infectious diseases that require frequent administration.

 

Ø   Improved T cell quality.  Xcellerated T Cells produce a broad spectrum of chemical messengers called cytokines and other molecules required to generate an effective immune response.

 

Ø   Broadened T cell diversity.  Our Xcellerate Technology generates T cells with a broad repertoire of T cell receptors that enable the immune system to recognize and eliminate a wide range of cancers and infectious diseases.

 

Ø   Favorable side effect profile and safety record.  More than 100 patients to date have been treated with Xcellerated T Cells or T cells activated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology in clinical trials with a favorable side effect profile and safety record.

 

Ø   Complementary to other therapies.  We believe that Xcellerated T Cells may be complementary to current therapies, such as chemotherapy, radiation and monoclonal antibodies.

 

Benefits of our Xcellerate Technology

 

We believe our Xcellerate Technology may have the following benefits:

 

Ø   Ex vivo process.  We designed our Xcellerate Technology to be used outside the body in a controlled environment where we can provide optimal conditions for the activation and growth of T cells.

 

Ø   Broad clinical applications.  Based on recent clinical trials, we believe that our Xcellerate Technology can be applied to a variety of medical conditions, including many types of cancer and infectious diseases.

 

2


Table of Contents
Ø   Ease of administration.  Xcellerated T Cells can be administered using a routine intravenous procedure in approximately two hours in an outpatient clinic.

 

Ø   Reproducible and cost-effective manufacturing.  Other than our proprietary components, our Xcellerate Technology incorporates commercially available products and standard clinical and blood bank supplies, which enables us to efficiently manufacture Xcellerated T Cells. We also use a standardized process and the same proprietary disposable components to produce Xcellerated T Cells for all patients.

 

OUR STRATEGY

 

Our goal is to be a leader in the field of T cell therapy and to leverage our expertise in T cell activation to develop and commercialize products to treat patients with cancer, infectious diseases and other medical conditions associated with weakened immune systems. We will initially develop Xcellerated T Cells to treat life-threatening diseases, such as cancer and HIV, which currently have inadequate treatments. Key elements of our strategy include the following:

 

Ø   Maximize speed to market.  We plan to initiate one or more pivotal clinical trials in CLL, multiple myeloma or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma in the next 18 months. We believe these clinical indications provide the most rapid and cost-effective commercialization strategy for Xcellerated T Cells.

 

Ø   Expand the application of Xcellerated T Cells.  In addition to cancer and HIV, we believe Xcellerated T Cells can be used to treat patients with other illnesses, including infectious diseases, such as hepatitis. In addition, we are studying the potential therapeutic benefits of Xcellerated T Cells in patients with autoimmune diseases treated with immunosuppressive drugs.

 

Ø   Leverage complementary technologies and therapies.  Xcellerated T Cells may be effective in combination with current treatments for cancer and infectious diseases as well as complementary to other technologies and therapies, such as chemotherapy, cancer vaccines and monoclonal antibodies.

 

Ø   Retain key commercialization rights and pursue strategic partnerships.  We intend to retain marketing and commercial rights in North America for products in specialized markets, such as cancer. We plan to pursue strategic partnerships with biopharmaceutical companies to obtain development and marketing support for territories outside North America, such as Europe and Asia.

 

Ø   Enhance manufacturing capabilities.  We have a major focus on developing an efficient and cost-effective process to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells. We intend to reduce the costs of manufacturing by making additional improvements to our manufacturing procedures and components.

 

Ø   Expand our intellectual property.  We intend to continue to improve our proprietary Xcellerate Technology, including developing process improvements and improving the activity and the specificity of our T cells. We plan to seek US and international patent protection to advance our business strategy.

 

OUR CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

We were incorporated in Delaware as MolecuRx, Inc. in January 1996. We changed our name to CDR Therapeutics, Inc. in August 1996 and changed our name to Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in October 1997. Our principal executive offices are located at 1124 Columbia Street, Suite 130, Seattle, Washington 98104, and our telephone number is (206) 262-6200. Our web site is www.xcytetherapies.com. The information contained on our web site is not incorporated by reference into and does not form any part of this prospectus.

 

3


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock we are offering

             shares

 

Common stock outstanding after the offering

             shares

 

Use of proceeds after expenses

We estimate the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund clinical trial activities, manufacturing activities and preclinical research and development activities and for other general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures, complementary technology acquisition and working capital to fund anticipated operating losses. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol

XCYT

 

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering is based on 8,402,636 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2003 and excludes:

 

Ø   256,353 shares of our common stock issuable, at the closing of this offering, upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2003 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.44 per share;

 

Ø   3,985,560 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2003 under our 1996 Stock Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.81 per share; and

 

Ø   3,500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Stock Plan, 600,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes the following:

 

Ø   the conversion of all 37,300,234 shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2003 into 37,300,234 shares of our common stock, which will become effective at the closing of this offering;

 

Ø   the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2003, which will expire at the closing of this offering, to purchase 4,990,344 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.05 per share;

 

Ø   the conversion of 471,959 shares of our preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2003, which will expire at the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.32 per share, into 471,959 shares of our common stock; and

 

Ø   the conversion of $12.7 million principal amount of convertible promissory notes we sold in October 2003 into 7,268,905 shares of our common stock, which will become effective at the closing of this offering.

 

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase up to                      additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

4


Table of Contents

Summary financial data

 

The following summary financial data for the years ended December 31, 1998 through 2002 has been derived from our audited financial statements. The following summary financial data for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, and the summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2003 have been derived from our unaudited condensed financial statements. The unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include all adjustments we consider necessary for the fair presentation of the information. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2003. This information is only a summary and should be read together with the financial statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

    Years ended December 31,

    Six months
ended June 30,


 
Statement of operations data   1998     1999     2000     2001     2002     2002     2003  

    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Total revenue

  $ —       $ 16     $ 98     $ 30     $ —       $ —       $ 72  

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Research and development

    4,317       5,471       11,257       14,701       14,663       7,651       7,029  

General and administrative

    1,427       1,654       2,403       5,204       4,979       2,883       2,194  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    5,744       7,125       13,660       19,905       19,642       10,534       9,223  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Loss from operations

    (5,744 )     (7,109 )     (13,562 )     (19,875 )     (19,642 )     (10,534 )     (9,151 )

Other income (expense), net

    298       162       621       363       189       122       (38 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss

    (5,446 )     (6,947 )     (12,941 )     (19,512 )     (19,453 )     (10,412 )     (9,189 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Accretion of preferred stock

            —         —         (8,411 )     (8,001 )     (8,001 )     —    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss applicable to common stockholders

  $ (5,446 )   $ (6,947 )   $ (12,941 )   $ (27,923 )   $ (27,454 )   $ (18,413 )   $ (9,189 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss per common share

  $ (0.86 )   $ (1.15 )   $ (2.16 )   $ (4.03 )   $ (3.52 )   $ (2.45 )   $ (1.13 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Shares used in basic and diluted net loss per share calculation

    6,355       6,050       6,003       6,936       7,809       7,523       8,144  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited)(1)

                                  $ (0.44 )           $ (0.20 )
                                   


         


Shares used in pro forma net loss per common share calculation (unaudited)(1)

                                    44,550               45,427  
                                   


         



(1)   The pro forma net loss per share reflects the weighted effect of the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock. See note 12 to our financial statements for information regarding computation of net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share.

 

5


Table of Contents

The following table contains a summary of our balance sheet as of June 30, 2003:

 

Ø   on an actual basis;

 

Ø   on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

  Ø   the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of June 30, 2003 into 37,300,234 shares of our common stock, which will become effective at the closing of this offering;

 

  Ø   the exercise of warrants outstanding, as of June 30, 2003 which will expire at the closing of this offering, to purchase 4,990,344 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.05 per share;

 

  Ø   the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding, as of June 30, 2003, which will expire at the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.32 per share, for 470,725 shares of preferred stock and the conversion of their shares into 470,725 shares of our common stock; and

 

  Ø   the issuance of convertible promissory notes in October 2003 for net proceeds of $12.7 million, in which these convertible promissory notes convert into 7,268,905 shares of our common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, and $11.8 million in interest expense associated with the discount on the notes

 

Ø   on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the sale of         shares of our common stock we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses to be paid by us.
     As of June 30, 2003

Balance sheet data    Actual     Pro
forma
  

Pro forma

as
adjusted


     (in thousands)

Cash, cash equivalents and short term investments

   $ 8,892     $ 22,502    $                 

Working capital

     7,252       20,862       

Total assets

     12,695       26,305       

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     1,477       1,477       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     64,604       —         

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,069       —         

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (56,589 )     9,957       

 

The above balance sheet data is based on 8,402,636 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2003 and excludes:

 

Ø   3,393,078 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 1996 Stock Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.78 per share;

 

Ø   256,353 shares of our common stock issuable, at the closing of this offering, upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $1.44 per share;

 

Ø   1,234 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which will expire at the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.78 per share; and

 

Ø   3,500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Stock Plan, 600,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan.

 

6


Table of Contents

 

Risk factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, they may materially harm our business and our financial condition and results of operations. In this event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

We expect to continue to incur substantial losses, and we may never achieve profitability.

 

We are a development stage company with limited operating history. We have incurred significant operating losses since we began operations in 1996, including net losses of approximately $9.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003, and we may never become profitable. As of June 30, 2003, we had a deficit accumulated during the development stage of approximately $77.3 million. These losses have resulted principally from costs incurred in our research and development programs and from our general and administrative expenses. We also expect to incur significant costs to renovate our leased facility for the manufacture of Xcellerated T Cells for our planned clinical trials and, if we receive FDA approval, for initial commercialization activities. To date, we have derived no revenues from product sales or royalties. We do not expect to have any significant product sales or royalty revenue for a number of years. Our operating losses have been increasing during the past several years and will continue to increase significantly in the next several years as we expand our research and development, participate in clinical trial activities, acquire or license technologies, scale up and improve our manufacturing operations, seek regulatory approvals and, if we receive FDA approval, commercialize our products. These losses, among other things, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our product development efforts, we are unable to predict when we may become profitable, if at all. If we are unable to achieve and then maintain profitability, the market value of our common stock will likely decline.

 

We will need to raise substantial additional capital to fund our operations, and our failure to obtain funding when needed may force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or collaboration efforts.

 

Developing products and conducting clinical trials for the treatment of cancer and infectious diseases require substantial amounts of capital. To date, we have raised capital primarily through private equity financings and equipment leases. If we are unable to timely obtain additional funding, we may never conduct required clinical trials to demonstrate safety and clinical efficacy of Xcellerated T Cells, and we may never obtain FDA approval or commercialize any of our products. We will need to raise additional capital to, among other things:

 

Ø   fund our clinical trials;

 

Ø   expand our research and development activities;

 

Ø   scale up and improve our manufacturing operations;

 

Ø   finance our general and administrative expenses;

 

Ø   acquire or license technologies;

 


 

7


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Ø   prepare, file, prosecute, maintain, enforce and defend patent and other proprietary rights;

 

Ø   pursue regulatory approval and commercialization of Xcellerated T Cells and any other products that we may develop; and

 

Ø   develop and implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities.

 

Our net cash used in operations has exceeded our cash generated from operations for each year since our inception. For example, we used approximately $8.0 million in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and approximately $15.2 million in 2002. Based upon the current status of our product development and collaboration plans, we believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our cash, cash equivalents and investments, will be adequate to satisfy our capital needs through at least the next 18 months. However, changes in our business may occur that would consume available capital resources sooner than we expect. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources.” Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, among other things:

 

Ø   the progress, expansion and cost of our clinical trials and research and development activities;

 

Ø   any future decisions we may make about the scope and prioritization of the programs we pursue;

 

Ø   the development of new product candidates or uses for our Xcellerate Technology;

 

Ø   changes in regulatory policies or laws that affect our operations; and

 

Ø   competing technological and market developments.

 

If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, further dilution to stockholders may result and new investors could have rights superior to holders of the shares issued in this offering. In addition, debt financing, if available, may include restrictive covenants. If adequate funds are not available to us, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some portion or all of our development programs or clinical trials. We also may have to license to other companies our products or technologies that we would prefer to develop and commercialize ourselves.

 

We may decide to pursue development programs for Xcellerated T Cells that may never receive regulatory approval or prove to be profitable.

 

Because we have limited resources and access to capital to fund our operations, our management must make significant prioritization decisions on which programs to pursue and how much of our resources to allocate to each program. We are currently focusing our research and development efforts on the use of Xcellerated T Cells to treat CLL, multiple myeloma, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, kidney cancer, prostate cancer and HIV. Our management has broad discretion to suspend, scale down or discontinue any of these programs or to initiate new programs to treat other clinical indications. Xcellerated T Cells may never prove to be safe and clinically effective to treat any of these indications, and the market for these indications may never prove to be profitable even if we obtain regulatory approval for these indications. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that the programs we decide to pursue will lead to regulatory approval or will prove to be profitable.

 

The clinical and commercial utility of our Xcellerate Technology is uncertain and may never be realized.

 

Our Xcellerate Technology is based on a novel approach to treat cancer and infectious diseases and is in an early stage of development. We have limited clinical data or examples of similar technology to conclude that our Xcellerate Technology may be safe and clinically effective. Some of the data regarding

 

 


8


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

our Xcellerate Technology were derived from independent clinical trials, including physician-sponsored trials, which we do not control. In addition, data from these independent clinical trials were derived using T cells activated with an earlier version of our proprietary technology. In addition, we may not be able to treat patients if we cannot collect a sufficient quantity of T cells that meet our minimum specifications to enable us to produce Xcellerated T Cells. Also, some patients may be unable to tolerate the required procedures for blood collection and administration of Xcellerated T Cells.

 

We have limited data on the safety and efficacy of Xcellerated T Cells to treat patients with very weakened immune systems, such as patients with HIV. Although to date our studies have indicated that our Xcellerate Technology can lead to increased T cell and lymphocyte counts, the FDA will not accept increased T cell and lymphocyte counts as a valid endpoint in pivotal studies necessary for market approval. Instead, we would be required to show that Xcellerated T Cells lead to a significant clinical benefit. We will also need to demonstrate that Xcellerated T Cells are safe. We do not have data on possible harmful long-term effects of Xcellerated T Cells and will not have any data on long-term effects in the near future. Furthermore, the data from our clinical trials may be limited because these clinical trials generally do not involve a large number of patients. For these and other reasons, the clinical and commercialibility of our Xcellerate Technology is uncertain and may never be realized.

 

We may fail to obtain or may experience delays in obtaining regulatory approval to market Xcellerated T Cells, which will significantly harm our business.

 

We do not have the necessary approval to market or sell Xcellerated T Cells in the United States or any foreign market. Before marketing Xcellerated T Cells, we must successfully complete extensive preclinical studies and clinical trials and rigorous regulatory approval procedures. We cannot assure you that we will obtain the necessary regulatory approval to commercialize Xcellerated T Cells.

 

Conducting clinical trials is uncertain and expensive and often takes many years to complete. The results from preclinical testing and early clinical trials are often not predictive of results obtained in later clinical trials. In conducting clinical trials, we may fail to establish the effectiveness of Xcellerated T Cells for the targeted indication or we may discover unforeseen side effects. Moreover, clinical trials may require the enrollment of large numbers of patients, and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit. Clinical trials are also often subject to unanticipated delays. In addition, we are currently developing a custom bioreactor system in our manufacturing process, and we will not be able to obtain FDA approval to commercialize Xcellerated T Cells without the FDA’s acceptance of our manufacturing process using this bioreactor system. Also, patients participating in the trials may die before completion of the trial or suffer adverse medical effects unrelated to treatment with Xcellerated T Cells. This could delay or lead to termination of our clinical trials. A number of companies in the biotechnology industry have suffered significant setbacks in every stage of clinical trials, even in advanced clinical trials after positive results in earlier trials.

 

To date, the FDA has approved only a few cell-based therapies for commercialization. The FDA recently formed a new division that will regulate biologic products, such as Xcellerated T Cells. The processes and requirements associated with this new division may cause delays and additional costs in obtaining regulatory approvals for our products. Because our Xcellerate Technology is novel, and cell-based therapies are relatively new, regulatory agencies may lack experience in evaluating product candidates like Xcellerated T Cells. This inexperience may lengthen the regulatory review process, increase our development costs and delay or prevent commercialization of Xcellerated T Cells. In addition, the following factors may impede or delay our ability to obtain timely regulatory approvals, if at all:

 

Ø   our limited experience in filing and pursuing the applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals;

 

 


9


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Ø   any failure to satisfy efficacy, safety or quality standards;

 

Ø   a decision by us or regulators to suspend or terminate our clinical trials if the participating patients are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

Ø   regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials if investigators find us not to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements;

 

Ø   our ability to produce sufficient quantities of Xcellerated T Cells to complete our clinical trials;

 

Ø   varying interpretations of the data generated from our clinical trials; and

 

Ø   changes in governmental regulations or administrative action.

 

Any delays in, or termination of, our clinical trials could materially and adversely affect our development and collaboration timelines, which may cause our stock price to decline. If we do not complete clinical trials for Xcellerated T Cells and obtain regulatory approvals, we may not be able to recover any of the substantial costs we have invested in the development of Xcellerated T Cells.

 

We have limited manufacturing experience and may not be able to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells on a large scale or in a cost-effective manner.

 

We currently manufacture Xcellerated T Cells for research and development and our clinical activities in one manufacturing facility in Seattle, Washington. We have not demonstrated the ability to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells beyond quantities sufficient for research and development and limited clinical activities. We have no experience manufacturing Xcellerated T Cells at the capacity that will be necessary to support large clinical trials or commercial sales. We plan to relocate our manufacturing activities to our leased property in Bothell, Washington, which we plan to renovate for the manufacture of Xcellerated T Cells for our planned clinical trials and initial commercialization if we receive FDA approval. However, we may encounter difficulties in obtaining the approvals for, and designing, constructing, validating and operating, any new manufacturing facility. We may also be unable to hire the qualified personnel that we will require to accommodate the expansion of our operations and manufacturing capabilities.

 

Because our Xcellerate Technology is a patient-specific, cell-based product, the manufacture of Xcellerated T Cells is more complicated than the manufacture of most pharmaceuticals. Our present manufacturing process may not meet our initial expectations as to reproducibility, yield, purity or other measurements of performance. In addition, we have recently begun using a custom bioreactor system in our manufacturing process and only have limited manufacturing experience using this bioreactor system to activate and expand T cells. Because this new manufacturing process is unproven, we may never successfully utilize our custom bioreactor system to commercialize our products. We are currently negotiating a manufacturing and supply agreement with the manufacturer of our bioreactor system. If we are unable to negotiate this contract or are unable to procure a suitable alternative manufacturer in a timely manner, we would face a setback in the development of our manufacturing process. For these and other reasons, we may not be able to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells on a large scale or in a cost-effective manner.

 

We are the only manufacturer of Xcellerated T Cells. Although we are considering third party manufacturing options, we expect that we will conduct most of our manufacturing in our own facility for the next several years. Furthermore, because we are the only manufacturer of Xcellerated T Cells and we currently use only one manufacturing facility, any damage to or destruction of our manufacturing

 

 


10


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

facility or our equipment, prolonged power outage, contamination of our facility or shutdown by the

FDA or other regulatory authority could significantly impair or curtail our ability to produce Xcellerated T Cells. In addition, we store our patients’ cells in freezers at our manufacturing facility. If these cells are damaged at our facility, including by the loss or malfunction of these freezers or our back-up power systems, we would need to collect replacement patient cells, which would delay our patients’ treatments. If we are unable to collect replacement cells from our patients, we could incur liability and our business could suffer.

 

The government and other third-party payors may control the pricing and profitability of our products.

 

Our ability to commercialize Xcellerated T Cells successfully will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities, private health insurers and other organizations establish appropriate reimbursement levels for the cost of Xcellerated T Cells and related treatments. Increasing emphasis on managed care in the United States will continue to put pressure on the pricing of healthcare products. In addition, governmental authorities may establish pricing and reimbursement levels for some disease indications but not others, which may reduce the demand for Xcellerated T Cells and our profitability. Pricing and profitability of healthcare products are also subject to governmental control in some foreign markets. Cost control initiatives could:

 

Ø   result in lower prices for Xcellerated T Cells or any future products or their exclusion from reimbursement programs;

 

Ø   reduce any future revenues we may receive from collaborators; and

 

Ø   discourage physicians from delivering Xcellerated T Cells to patients in connection with clinical trials or future treatments.

 

We rely on third parties to conduct some of the clinical trials for Xcellerated T Cells, and their failure to timely and successfully perform their obligations to us could significantly harm our product development programs.

 

Because we rely on academic institutions, site management operations and clinical research organizations to conduct, supervise or monitor some or all aspects of clinical trials involving our Xcellerate Technology, we have limited control over the timing and other aspects of these clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their duties under their agreements with us, fail to inform us if these trials fail to comply with clinical trial protocols or fail to meet expected deadlines, this may adversely affect our clinical trials and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approvals.

 

Xcellerated T Cells may never achieve market acceptance even if we obtain regulatory approvals.

 

We do not expect to receive regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any products derived from our Xcellerate Technology for several years, if at all. Even if we do receive regulatory approvals, the future commercial success of Xcellerated T Cells will depend, among other things, upon its acceptance by physicians, patients, health care payors and other members of the medical community as a therapeutic and cost-effective alternative to commercially available products. Because only a few cell-based therapy products have been commercialized, we do not know to what extent cell-based immunotherapy products will be accepted as therapeutic alternatives. If we fail to gain market acceptance, we may not be able to earn sufficient revenues to continue our business. Market acceptance of and demand for any product that we may develop will depend on many factors, including:

 

Ø   our ability to provide acceptable evidence of safety and efficacy;

 

 


11


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Ø   convenience and ease of administration;

 

Ø   prevalence and severity of adverse side effects;

 

Ø   availability of alternative and competing treatments;

 

Ø   cost effectiveness;

 

Ø   effectiveness of our marketing and distribution strategy and the pricing of any product that we may develop;

 

Ø   publicity concerning our products or competitive products; and

 

Ø   our ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement.

 

If Xcellerated T Cells do not become widely accepted by physicians and patients, it is unlikely that we will ever become profitable.

 

Even if we obtain regulatory approvals for Xcellerated T Cells, those approvals and ongoing regulation of our products may limit how we manufacture and market our products, which could prevent us from realizing the full benefit of our efforts.

 

If we obtain regulatory approvals, Xcellerated T Cells, the Xcellerate Technology and our manufacturing facilities will be subject to continual review, including periodic inspections, by the FDA and other US and foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, regulatory authorities may impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses or marketing of Xcellerated T Cells or other products that we may develop. These and other factors may significantly restrict our ability to successfully commercialize Xcellerated T Cells and the Xcellerate Technology.

 

We and many of our vendors and suppliers are required to comply with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. Furthermore, our manufacturing facilities must be approved by regulatory agencies before these facilities can be used to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells, and they will also be subject to additional regulatory inspections. Any material changes we may make to our manufacturing process may require approval by the FDA and state or foreign regulatory authorities. Failure to comply with FDA or other applicable regulatory requirements may result in criminal prosecution, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, partial or total suspension of production or withdrawal of a product from the market.

 

We must also report adverse events that occur when our products are used. The discovery of previously unknown problems with Xcellerated T Cells or our manufacturing facilities may result in restrictions or sanctions on our products or manufacturing facilities, including withdrawal of our products from the market. Regulatory agencies may also require us to reformulate our products, conduct additional clinical trials, make changes in the labeling of our product or obtain re-approvals. This may cause our reputation in the market place to suffer or subject us to lawsuits, including class action suits.

 

We rely on third parties to administer Xcellerated T Cells to patients, and our business could be harmed if these third parties administer Xcellerated T Cells incorrectly.

 

We rely on the expertise of physicians, nurses and other associated medical personnel to administer Xcellerated T Cells to patients. Although our Xcellerate Technology employs mostly standard medical procedures, if these medical professionals are not properly trained to administer, or are negligent in the administration of, Xcellerated T Cells, the therapeutic effect of Xcellerated T Cells may be diminished or the patient may suffer critical injury.

 

 


12


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

In addition, third-party medical personnel must thaw Xcellerated T Cells received from us. If this thawing is not performed correctly, the patient may suffer critical injury. While we intend to provide training materials and adequate resources to these third-party medical professionals, the thawing of Xcellerated T Cells will occur outside our supervision and may not be administered properly. If, due to a third-party error, people believe that Xcellerated T Cells are ineffective or harmful, the desire to use Xcellerated T Cells may decline, which will negatively impact our ability to generate revenue. We may also face significant liability even though we are not responsible for the actions of these third parties.

 

There are risks inherent in our business that may subject us to potential product liability suits and other claims, which may require us to engage in expensive and time-consuming litigation or pay substantial damages and may harm our reputation and reduce the demand for our product.

 

Our business exposes us to potential product liability risks, which are inherent in the testing, manufacturing, marketing and sale of biopharmaceutical products. We will face an even greater risk of product liability if we commercialize Xcellerated T Cells. An individual may bring a product liability claim against us if Xcellerated T Cells cause, or merely appear to have caused, an injury. For example, we have been named as a defendant in connection with a clinical trial using technology similar to ours conducted at the University of Chicago Hospital. This proceeding is currently pending. Although we intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit, because of the nature of the complaint against us, we cannot predict the probability of a favorable or unfavorable outcome or estimate the amount or range of potential loss. See “Business—Legal proceedings.”

 

Certain aspects of how Xcellerated T Cells are processed and administered may enhance our exposure to liability. Our Xcellerate Technology requires us to activate a patient’s T cells ex vivo, or outside of the body, using blood collected from patients. Third party physicians or other medical personnel initially collect a patient’s blood through a process called leukapheresis, which may pose risks, such as bleeding and infection. The blood that we collect from our patients may contain infectious agents that may infect medical personnel or others with whom the blood comes in contact. Medical personnel administer Xcellerated T Cells to patients intravenously in an outpatient procedure. This procedure poses risks to the patient similar to those occurring with infusions of other frozen cell products, such as stem cells, including blood clots, infection and mild to severe allergic reactions.

 

It is possible that we or third parties may misidentify Xcellerated T Cells and deliver them to the wrong patient. If these misidentified Xcellerated T Cells are administered to the wrong patient, the patient could suffer irreversible injury or death.

 

The discovery of unforeseen side effects of Xcellerated T Cells could also lead to lawsuits against us. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability or other claims may, among other things, result in:

 

Ø   injury to our reputation and decreased demand for Xcellerated T Cells;

 

Ø   withdrawal of clinical trial volunteers;

 

Ø   costs of related litigation; and

 

Ø   substantial monetary awards to plaintiffs.

 

We have clinical trial insurance that covers our clinical trials up to $5.0 million per occurrence with a $5.0 million aggregate limit, and we intend to obtain product liability coverage in the future. However, insurance coverage may not be available to us at an acceptable cost, if at all. Even if we secure coverage,

 

 


13


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

we may not be able to obtain insurance coverage that will be adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. If a successful product liability or other claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of insured liabilities, our assets may not be sufficient to cover these claims and our business operations could suffer.

 

If Xcellerated T Cells or components of our Xcellerate Technology alone or in combination with complementary treatments cause unforeseen harmful side effects, physicians may not use our products and/or we may incur significant product liability, which will adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

 

Xcellerated T Cells or components of our Xcellerate Technology may cause unforeseen harmful side effects. For example, a patient receiving Xcellerated T Cells could have a severe allergic reaction or could develop an autoimmune condition. While we employ procedures to substantially remove the antibodies and beads used to generate Xcellerated T Cells, it is possible that residual antibodies or beads may be infused into patients and cause harmful effects.

 

In addition, we have not conducted studies on the long-term effects associated with the media that we use to grow and freeze cells as part of our Xcellerate Technology. These media contain substances that have proved harmful if used in certain quantities. While we believe that we use sufficiently small quantities of these substances, harmful effects may still arise from our use of these media. As we continue to develop our Xcellerate Technology, we may encounter harmful side effects that we did not previously observe in our prior studies and clinical trials.

 

We believe Xcellerated T Cells may be used in combination with complementary treatments, including cancer vaccines, monoclonal antibodies, genes, cytokines or chemotherapy, and one or more of these other therapies could cause harmful side effects that could be attributed to Xcellerated T Cells. Any or all of these harmful side effects may occur at various stages of our product development, including the research stage, the development stage, the clinical stage or the commercial stage of our products. If people believe Xcellerated T Cells or any component of our Xcellerate Technology alone or in combination with complementary treatments cause harmful side effects, we may incur significant damages from product liability claims, which will adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

 

We rely on a limited number of manufacturers and suppliers for some of the key components of our Xcellerate Technology. The loss of these suppliers, or their failure to provide us with adequate quantities of these key components when needed, could delay our clinical trials and prevent or delay commercialization of Xcellerated T Cells.

 

We rely on third party suppliers for some of the key components used to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells. We rely on Lonza Biologics PLC, or Lonza, to develop and manufacture the antibodies that we use in our Xcellerate Technology. Lonza may terminate the agreements we have with them if we commit a breach. We are aware of few companies with the ability to manufacture commercial grade antibodies. Our current agreements with Lonza only provide for the manufacture of these antibodies for use in clinical trials. We are currently negotiating an agreement with Lonza to manufacture the antibodies for commercial use. If we are unable to negotiate this contract with Lonza or are unable to procure a suitable alternative manufacturer in a timely manner and on favorable terms, if at all, we may incur significant costs and be unable to continue developing our Xcellerate Technology.

 

Our Xcellerate Technology also depends in part on the successful attachment of the antibodies to magnetic beads. We currently use magnetic beads developed and manufactured by Dynal S.A., or Dynal, in Oslo, Norway. Our contract with Dynal expires in August 2009, and either party may terminate the

 

 


14


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

contract for material breach. We are contractually obligated to obtain our beads from Dynal as long as Dynal is able to fill our orders. If Dynal terminates our contract or if Dynal discontinues manufacturing our beads for any reason, we may be unable to find a suitable alternative manufacturer in a timely manner, or at all, which would delay our clinical trials and delay or prevent commercialization of Xcellerated T Cells.

 

Although these and other suppliers have produced our components with acceptable quality, quantity and cost in the past, they may be unable or unwilling to timely meet our future demands. They may also increase the prices they charge us. Obtaining similar FDA-acceptable components from other suppliers may be difficult and expensive. If we have to switch to a replacement supplier, we could face additional regulatory delays, which could interrupt the manufacture and delivery of our product for an extended period. In addition, because Lonza and Dynal are located outside the United States, we are subject to foreign import laws and customs regulations, which complicate, and could delay, shipment of components to us and delay the development and production of Xcellerated T Cells. Any delay in the development or production of Xcellerated T Cells may impact our ability to generate revenue and cause our stock price to decline.

 

If we or any of our third party manufacturers do not maintain high standards of manufacturing, our ability to develop and commercialize Xcellerated T Cells could be delayed or curtailed.

 

We and any third parties that we may use in the future to manufacture our products must continuously adhere to cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. If our facilities or the facilities of these third parties do not pass a pre-approval plant inspection, the FDA will not grant market approval for Xcellerated T Cells. In complying with cGMP, we and any third party manufacturers must expend significant time, money and effort in production, record-keeping and quality control to assure that each component of our Xcellerate Technology meets applicable specifications and other requirements. We or any of these third party manufacturers may also be subject to comparable or more stringent regulations of foreign regulatory authorities. If we or any of our third party manufacturers fail to comply with these requirements, we may be subject to regulatory action, which could delay or curtail our ability to develop and commercialize Xcellerated T Cells.

 

Our leased facilities are at risk of damage by earthquakes, and any damage to our facilities will harm our clinical trials and development programs.

 

We currently rely on the availability and condition of our leased Seattle, Washington facility to conduct research and development and manufacture of Xcellerated T Cells. This facility is located in a seismic zone, and there is the possibility of an earthquake which, depending on its magnitude, could be disruptive to our operations. Our leased facility in Bothell, Washington, where we intend to locate our initial commercial manufacturing activities, is also in a seismic area. We currently have no insurance against damage caused by earthquakes.

 

If third party carriers fail to ship patient samples and our products in a proper and timely manner, the treatment of patients could be delayed or prevented, our reputation may suffer and we may incur liability.

 

We depend on third party carriers to deliver patient-specific blood cells to us and to deliver Xcellerated T Cells back to patients in a careful and timely manner. Our Xcellerate Technology currently requires that we process each patient’s leukapheresis blood sample within 48 hours of collection. Xcellerated T Cells must currently be shipped in a frozen storage shipping container and received by the patient within six days from leaving our manufacturing facility. If the shipping containers fail to maintain the necessary

 

 


15


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

temperature, Xcellerated T Cells could be damaged. If third party carriers fail to timely deliver the leukapheresis blood sample to us or fail to timely ship Xcellerated T Cells to the clinic, or if they damage or contaminate them during shipment, the treatment of patients could be delayed or discontinued, our reputation may suffer and we may incur liability.

 

We use hazardous materials and must comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.

 

Our research and development and manufacturing processes involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials, including biological hazardous materials. We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of materials and waste products. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these hazardous materials comply with the standards prescribed by law and regulation, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from hazardous materials. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or fall outside the coverage of our insurance. We may not be able to obtain insurance on acceptable terms, if at all. We could incur significant costs to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations.

 

In some circumstances we rely on collaborators to commercialize Xcellerated T Cells. If our current collaborators do not perform as expected or if future collaborators do not commit adequate resources to their collaboration with us, our product development and potential for profitability may suffer.

 

We have entered into alliances with third-party collaborators to develop and market Xcellerated T Cells for diseases and markets that we are not pursuing on our own. In addition, our strategy includes substantial reliance on additional strategic collaborations for research, development, manufacturing, marketing and other commercialization activities relating to Xcellerated T Cells. If our collaborators do not prioritize and commit substantial resources to these collaborations, or if we are unable to secure successful future collaborations, we may be unable to commercialize Xcellerated T Cells for important diseases and in important markets, which would limit our ability to generate revenue and become profitable. Furthermore, disputes may arise between us and our existing or future collaborators, which could result in delays in the development and commercialization of Xcellerated T Cells.

 

For example, we have a letter of intent to establish an alliance with Taiwan Cellular Therapy Company, or TCTC, a company newly formed under the laws of Taiwan, to develop and market Xcellerated T Cells in Australia and Asia, excluding Japan. The letter of intent requires us to negotiate in good faith a definitive agreement with TCTC on or before November 15, 2003. However, the letter of intent provides that the definitive agreement is subject to, among other things, TCTC closing, or obtaining commitments for at least US$25 million in equity financing on or before December 30, 2003. TCTC’s ability to obtain the required equity financing is very uncertain. In addition, we may not be able to negotiate mutually agreeable terms for a definitive agreement or we or TCTC may elect not to proceed with the alliance. If

we elect not to proceed with the alliance for any reason, other than for a good faith inability to negotiate a definitive agreement, and we enter into an agreement with a third party in Australia or Asia, excluding Japan, before February 22, 2004, we will be required to pay a break-up fee to TCTC.

 

Although there is substantial uncertainty as to whether we will complete an alliance with TCTC, we have agreed to reserve the rights to our Xcellerate Technology in Australia and Asia, excluding Japan, for TCTC until at least December 30, 2003. If we complete an alliance with TCTC, we will be required to expend significant resources to transfer technology to TCTC and assist them in developing and

 

 


16


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

manufacturing using our Xcellerate Technology. Even if we complete an alliance with TCTC, TCTC may not have sufficient resources to fund, or may subsequently decide not to proceed with, development of our Xcellerate Technology. In this event, we may not have sufficient capital resources to develop our Xcellerate Technology on our own in Australia or Asia.

 

We may be unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities necessary to successfully commercialize our products.

 

We currently have only limited marketing capabilities and no direct or third-party sales or distribution capabilities. We currently plan to develop an internal sales force to serve certain North American markets and pursue strategic partnerships to obtain development and marketing support for territories outside North America. However, we may be unable to establish marketing, sales and distribution capabilities necessary to commercialize and gain market acceptance for our potential products. In addition, developing a sales force, or entering into co-promotion agreements with third parties, is expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. Co-promotion or other marketing arrangements with third parties to commercialize potential products may also not be successful and could significantly limit the revenues we derive from Xcellerated T Cells.

 

We face competition in our industry, and many of our competitors have substantially greater experience and resources than we have.

 

Even if our Xcellerate Technology proves successful, we might not be able to remain competitive because of the rapid pace of technological development in the biotechnology field.

 

We are currently aware of several companies developing ex vivo cell-based immunotherapy products as a method of treating cancer and infectious diseases. These competitors include Antigenics, Inc., CancerVax Corporation, Cell Genesys, Inc., CellExSys, Inc., Dendreon Corporation, Favrille, Inc., Genitope Corporation, IDM, S.A. and Kirin Pharmaceutical. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources, larger research and development staffs and more experienced capabilities in researching, developing and testing products than we do. Many of these companies also have more experience in conducting clinical trials, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals and in manufacturing, marketing and distributing therapeutic products. Smaller companies may successfully compete with us by establishing collaborative relationships with larger pharmaceutical companies or academic institutions. In addition, large pharmaceutical companies or other companies with greater resources or experience than us may choose to forgo ex vivo cell-based immunotherapy opportunities that would have otherwise been complementary to our product development and collaboration plans. Our competitors may succeed in developing, obtaining patent protection for or commercializing their products more rapidly than us. A competing company developing, or acquiring rights to, a more effective therapeutic product for the same diseases targeted by us, or one that offers significantly lower costs of treatment, could render our products noncompetitive or obsolete.

 

We plan significant growth, which we may not be able to effectively manage.

 

We will need to add a significant number of new personnel and expand our capabilities in order to successfully pursue our research, development and commercialization efforts and secure collaborations to market and distribute our products. This growth may strain our existing managerial, operational, financial and other resources. We also intend to add personnel in our research and development and manufacturing departments as we expand our clinical trial and research capabilities. Our failure to manage our growth effectively could delay or curtail our product development and commercialization efforts and harm our business.

 

 


17


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

If we lose key management or scientific personnel, our business could suffer.

 

Our success depends, to a significant extent, upon the efforts and abilities of Ronald J. Berenson, M.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer, Stewart Craig, Ph.D., our Chief Operating Officer and Vice President, Mark Frohlich, M.D., our Medical Director and Vice President and other members of senior management and our scientific personnel. We do not have employment agreements with Dr. Berenson, Dr. Craig or several other members of our senior management. Additionally, any employment agreement that we enter into will not ensure the retention of the employee. Since the pool of employees with relevant experience in immunology and biotechnology is small, replacing any of our senior management or scientific personnel would likely be costly and time-consuming. Although we maintain key person life insurance on Dr. Berenson, we do not maintain key person life insurance on any of our other officers, employees or consultants. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees could delay or curtail our research and development and product development efforts.

 

We may undertake acquisitions in the future, and any difficulties from integrating such acquisitions could damage our ability to attain or maintain profitability.

 

We may acquire additional businesses, products or product candidates that complement or augment our existing business. Integrating any newly acquired business or product could be expensive and time-consuming. We may not be able to integrate any acquired business or product successfully or operate any acquired business profitably. Moreover, we many need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financing to make acquisitions, which may result in dilution to stockholders and the incurrence of indebtedness that may include restrictive covenants.

 

Changes in the value of the British pound relative to the US dollar may adversely affect us.

 

Under our agreements with Lonza, we must make payments denominated in British pounds. As a result, we are exposed to currency exchange risks. We do not engage in currency hedging. Accordingly, if the British pound strengthens against the US dollar, our payments to Lonza will increase in US dollar terms.

 

If we do not achieve our projected development goals in the time frames we announce and expect, the commercialization of our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

 

From time to time, we estimate the timing of the accomplishment of various scientific, clinical, regulatory and other product development goals, which we sometimes refer to as milestones. These milestones may include the commencement or completion of scientific studies and clinical trials and the submission of regulatory filings. From time to time, we publicly announce the expected timing of some of these milestones. All of these milestones are based on a variety of assumptions. The actual timing of these milestones can vary dramatically compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond our control. If we do not meet these milestones as publicly announced, the commercialization of our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, we may not be able to compete effectively.

 

Our success depends in part on obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our patents and in-licensed and proprietary rights. We believe we own, or have rights under licenses to, issued patents and pending

 

 


18


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

patent applications that are necessary to commercialize Xcellerated T Cells. However, the patents on which we rely may be challenged and invalidated, and our patent applications may not result in issued patents. Moreover, our patents and patent applications may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from practicing our technologies or developing competing products. We also face the risk that others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or may design around our proprietary and patented technologies.

 

The patent positions of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology patents has emerged to date in the United States. Furthermore, the application and enforcement of patent laws and regulations in foreign countries is even more uncertain. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively file, protect or defend our proprietary rights in the United States or in foreign jurisdictions on a consistent basis.

 

Third parties may successfully challenge the validity of our patents. We will only be able to protect our technologies from unauthorized use by third parties to the extent that valid and enforceable patents or other proprietary rights cover them. Because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive of its validity or enforceability, we cannot assure you how much protection, if any, will be given to our patents if we attempt to enforce them or if others challenge their validity in court. It is possible that a competitor may successfully challenge our patents or that a challenge will result in limiting the coverage of our patents. If the outcome of litigation is adverse to us, third parties may be able to use our technologies without payment to us.

 

In addition, it is possible that competitors may infringe upon our patents or successfully avoid them through design innovation. We may initiate litigation to police unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. However, the cost of litigation to uphold the validity of our patents and to prevent infringement could be substantial, and the litigation will consume time and other resources. Some of our competitors may be better able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation because they have substantially greater resources. Moreover, if a court decides that our patents are not valid, we will not have the right to stop others from using our inventions. There is also the risk that, even if the validity of our patents were upheld, a court may refuse to stop others on the ground that their activities do not infringe upon our patents. Because protecting our intellectual property is difficult and expensive, we may be unable to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights.

 

We also rely on certain proprietary trade secrets and know-how, especially where we believe patent protection is not appropriate or obtainable. Trade secrets and know-how, however, are difficult to protect. We have taken measures to protect our unpatented trade secrets and know-how, including the use of confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and some of our contractors. It is possible, however, that these persons may unintentionally or willingly breach the agreements or that our competitors may independently develop or otherwise discover our trade secrets and know-how.

 

If the use of our technologies conflicts with the rights of others, we could be subject to expensive litigation or be required to obtain licenses from others to develop or market Xcellerated T Cells.

 

Our competitors or others may have or acquire patent rights that they could enforce against us. If they do so, we may be required to alter our Xcellerate Technology, pay licensing fees or cease activities. If our Xcellerate Technology conflicts with patent rights of others, third parties could bring legal action against

 

 


19


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

us or our licensees, suppliers, customers or potential collaborators, claiming damages and seeking to enjoin manufacturing and marketing of the affected products. If these legal actions are successful, in addition to any potential liability for damages, we might have to obtain a license in order to continue to manufacture or market the affected products. A required license under the related patent may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

 

We may be unaware that the use of our technology conflicts with pending or issued patents. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents upon which our Xcellerate Technology or Xcellerated T Cells may infringe. There could also be existing patents of which we are unaware upon which our Xcellerate Technology or Xcellerated T Cells may infringe. In addition, if third parties file patent applications or obtain patents claiming technology also claimed by us in pending applications, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the US Patent and Trademark Office to determine priority of invention. If third parties file oppositions in foreign countries, we may also have to participate in opposition proceedings in foreign tribunals to defend the patentability of the filed foreign patent applications. We may have to participate in interference proceedings involving our issued patents or our pending applications.

 

If a third party claims that we infringe upon its proprietary rights, any of the following may occur:

 

Ø   we may become involved in time-consuming and expensive litigation, even if the claim is without merit;

 

Ø   we may become liable for substantial damages for past infringement if a court decides that our technology infringes upon a competitor’s patent;

 

Ø   a court may prohibit us from selling or licensing our product without a license from the patent holder, which may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all, or which may require us to pay substantial royalties or grant cross licenses to our patents; and

 

Ø   we may have to redesign our technology or clinical candidate so that it does not infringe upon others’ patent rights, which may not be possible or could require substantial funds or time.

 

If any of these events occurs, our business will suffer and the market price of our common stock will likely decline.

 

Our rights to use antibodies and technologies licensed to us by third parties are not within our control, and we may not be able to implement our Xcellerate Technology without these antibodies and technologies.

 

We have licensed patents and other rights which are necessary to our Xcellerate Technology and Xcellerated T Cells. Our business will significantly suffer if these licenses terminate, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license or fail to prevent infringement by third parties or if the licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid.

 

Our Xcellerate Technology uses two monoclonal antibodies that we license from third parties. We rely on our non-exclusive license from the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center in Seattle, Washington to use the monoclonal antibody that binds to the CD3 molecule and our exclusive license from Diaclone S.A., or Diaclone, in Besancon, France to use the monoclonal antibody that binds to the CD28 molecule. These antibodies are necessary components of our Xcellerate Technology. We rely on these licensors to prevent infringement of the licensed antibody. Our rights to use these antibodies depend on the licensors abiding by the terms of those licenses and not terminating them. Our license agreement with the Fred

 

 


20


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Hutchinson Research Center is effective for 15 years following the first sale of a product based on the license and may be terminated in the event of a material breach. Our license agreement with Diaclone is effective for 15 years from the date of the first FDA approval, or its foreign equivalent, of a product based on the license and may be terminated in the event of a material breach. Our contract with Diaclone obligates us to purchase the monoclonal antibody from Diaclone until we begin preparing for Phase III clinical trials.

 

In addition, we have in-licensed several T cell activation patents and patent applications from the Genetics Institute, a subsidiary of Wyeth, Inc. The technology underlying these patents creates the basis for our Xcellerate Technology. These licenses from Genetics Institute terminate upon the expiration of the last licensed patent and may also be terminated in the event of a material breach. Of the four patents presently related to this technology, two patents expire in 2016 and two others expire in 2019.

 

If we violate the terms of our licenses, or otherwise lose our rights to these antibodies, patents or patent applications, we may be unable to continue development of our Xcellerate Technology. Our licensors or others may dispute the scope of our rights under any of these licenses. Additionally, the licensors under these licenses might breach the terms of their respective agreements or fail to prevent infringement of the licensed patents by third parties. Loss of any of these licenses for any reason could materially harm our financial condition and operating results.

 

RISKS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

 

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

 

We expect the initial public offering price of our shares to be substantially higher than the book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will:

 

Ø   pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the value of our assets after subtracting liabilities; and

 

Ø   contribute     % of the total amount invested to date to fund us but own only     % of the shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

To the extent outstanding stock options or warrants are exercised after this offering, there will be further dilution to new investors. See “Dilution.”

 

If our principal stockholders, executive officers and directors choose to act together, they may be able to control our management and operations, acting in their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.

 

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, and entities affiliated with them, will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately         % of our common stock following this offering. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. These stockholders, acting together, will have the ability to exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors and any proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, they could dictate the management of our business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination that could be favorable to you.

 

 


21


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

The future sale of our common stock could negatively affect our stock price.

 

After this offering, we will have approximately             shares of common stock outstanding, or        shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. The             shares sold in this offering, or             shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, will be freely tradable without restriction under the federal securities laws unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be available for public sale subject in some cases to volume, lock-up and other limitations. See “Shares eligible for future sale.”

 

If our common stockholders sell substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the market perceives that such sales may occur, the market price of our common stock could fall. After this offering, the holders of approximately 44,099,397 shares of our common stock or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Furthermore, if we were to include in a company-initiated registration statement shares held by those holders pursuant to the exercise of their registrations rights, those sales could impair our ability to raise needed capital by depressing the price at which we could sell our common stock.

 

In addition, we will need to raise substantial additional capital in the future to fund our operations. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stock price may decline and our existing stockholders may experience significant dilution.

 

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may never develop.

 

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our stock is not active. The initial public offering price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. See “Underwriting” for more information regarding the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price.

 

Our common stock may experience extreme price and volume fluctuations, which could lead to costly litigation for us and make an investment in us less appealing.

 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, including:

 

Ø   results of our clinical trials;

 

Ø   announcements of technological innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

Ø   media reports and publications about immunotherapy;

 

Ø   announcements concerning our competitors or the biotechnology industry in general;

 

Ø   new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines;

 

Ø   general and industry-specific economic conditions;

 

Ø   additions or departures of our key personnel;

 

Ø   changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

Ø   variations in our quarterly results;

 

Ø   announcements about our collaborators or licensors; and

 

Ø   changes in accounting principles.

 

 


22


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

The market prices of the securities of biotechnology companies, particularly companies like ours without consistent product revenues and earnings, have been highly volatile and are likely to remain highly volatile in the future. This volatility has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. In the past, companies that experience volatility in the market price of their securities have often faced securities class action litigation. Moreover, market prices for stocks of biotechnology-related and technology companies, particularly following an initial public offering, frequently reach levels that bear no relationship to the operating performance of these companies. These market prices generally are not sustainable and are highly volatile. Whether or not meritorious, litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or prevent a change in our management.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in our board of directors and management teams. Some of these provisions:

 

Ø   authorize the issuance of preferred stock that can be created and issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of our common stock; and

 

Ø   provide for a classified board of directors.

 

These provisions could make it more difficult for common stockholders to replace members of the board. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace the current management team.

 

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree.

 

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund clinical trial activities, manufacturing and preclinical research and development activities and for other general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures, complementary technology acquisition and working capital. See “Use of proceeds.” Our management, however, has broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the net proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our operating results or the value of our common stock.

 

 


23


Table of Contents

 

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

 

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements convey our current expectations or forecasts of future events. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, plans and objectives of management for future operations. The words “may,” “continue,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

 

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operation, business strategy and financial needs. They may be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties, including the risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk factors.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur as contemplated, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

You should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus.

 

 


24


Table of Contents

 

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the         shares of common stock we are offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate the net proceeds to us will be approximately $         million.

 

We have no current specific plan for the proceeds. The principal purposes of this offering include to obtain additional working capital to fund anticipated operating losses, establish a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to public markets. We expect to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including:

 

Ø   clinical trial activities;

 

Ø   manufacturing activities;

 

Ø   preclinical research and development activities;

 

Ø   capital expenditures; and

 

Ø   complementary technology acquisition.

 

Although we have identified some types of uses above, we have and reserve broad discretion to use the proceeds from this offering differently. When and if the opportunity arises, we may use a portion of the proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products or technologies. We currently have no commitments or agreements, and are not involved in any negotiations, to acquire any businesses, products or technologies. Pending any ultimate use of any portion of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

 

Based upon the current status of our product development and collaboration plans, we believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our cash, cash equivalents and investments, will be adequate to satisfy our capital needs through at least the next 18 months. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources.”

 

 


25


Table of Contents

 

Dividend policy

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance operations. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions, future prospects and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

 

 


26


Table of Contents

 

Capitalization

 

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2003:

 

Ø   on an actual basis;

 

Ø   on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

  Ø   the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of June 30, 2003 into 37,300,234 shares of our common stock, which will become effective at the closing of this offering;

 

  Ø   the exercise of warrants outstanding, as of June 30, 2003 which will expire at the closing of this offering, to purchase 4,990,344 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.05 per share;

 

  Ø   the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding, as of June 30, 2003, which will expire at the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.32 per share, for 470,725 shares of preferred stock, and the conversion of their shares into 470,725 shares of our common stock; and

 

  Ø   the issuance of convertible promissory notes in October 2003 for net proceeds of $12.7 million, in which these convertible promissory notes convert into 7,268,905 shares of our common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, and $11.8 million in interest expense associated with the discount on the notes.

 

Ø   on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the sale of             shares of our common stock we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses to be paid by us.

 

     As of June 30, 2003

 
     Actual    

Pro

forma

   

Pro forma

as adjusted

 

     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 8,892     $ 22,502     $    
    


 


 


Long-term obligations, less current portion

     1,477       1,477       1,477  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock; 37,300,234 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; $76,520 aggregate preference in liquidation, actual

     64,604       —         —    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,069       —         —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

                        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 42,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; no shares issued and outstanding, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —         —    

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 70,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 8,402,636 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 45,702,870 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 58,432,844 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     8       58          

Additional paid-in capital

     21,963       100,307          

Deferred stock compensation

     (1,236 )     (1,236 )        

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3       3       3  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (77,327 )     (89,175 )     (89,175 )
    


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (56,589 )     9,957          
    


 


 


Total capitalization

   $ 10,561     $ (1,287 )   $    
    


 


 


 

 


27


Table of Contents

Capitalization


 

The table above should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. This table is based on 8,402,636 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2003 and excludes:

 

Ø   3,393,078 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 1996 Stock Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.78 per share;

 

Ø   256,353 shares of our common stock issuable, at the closing of this offering, upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $1.44 per share;

 

Ø   1,234 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which will expire at the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.78 per share; and

 

Ø   3,500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Stock Plan, 600,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan.

 

 


28


Table of Contents

 

Dilution

 

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share you pay in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2003 was approximately $56.6 million, or $(6.73) per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets minus total liabilities, all divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2003. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2003 was approximately $10.8 million, or $0.18 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share gives effect to:

 

Ø   the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of June 30, 2003 into 37,300,234 shares of our common stock, which will become effective at the closing of this offering;

 

Ø   the exercise of warrants outstanding, as of June 30, 2003 which will expire at the closing of this offering, to purchase 4,990,344 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.05 per share;

 

Ø   the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2003, which will expire at the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.32 per share, for 470,725 shares of preferred stock, and the conversion of their shares into 470,725 shares of our common stock; and

 

Ø   the issuance of convertible promissory notes in October 2003 for net proceeds of $12.7 million, in which these convertible promissory notes convert into 7,268,905 shares of our common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, and $11.8 million in interest expense associated with the discount on the notes.

 

After giving effect to the sale of the              shares of common stock we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this calculation on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

           $         

Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2003

   $ (6.73 )      

Increase attributable to the conversion or exercise of our convertible preferred stock, exercise and conversion of warrants and issuance and conversion of convertible promissory notes

     6.91        
    


     

Pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2003

     .18        

Pro forma increase per share attributable to the offering

              
    


     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

              
            

Pro forma dilution per share to new investors

           $  
            

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $     per share, representing an increase to existing stockholders of $     per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of $     per share to new investors.

 


 

29


Table of Contents

Dilution


 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2003, after giving effect to this offering and the pro forma adjustments referred to above, the total number of shares of our common stock purchased from us and the total consideration and average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors:

 

     Total shares

    Total consideration

   

Average
price
per
share

     Number    %     Amount    %    

Existing stockholders

   58,483,844          $ 89,845,000          $ 1.54

New investors

                              
    
  

 

  

     

Total

        100.0 %   $      100.0 %      
    
  

 

  

     

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the following will occur:

 

Ø   the pro forma as adjusted percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately         % of the total number of pro forma as adjusted shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

Ø   the pro forma as adjusted number of shares of our common stock held by new public investors will increase to         , or approximately         % of the total pro forma as adjusted number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

The tables and calculations above are based on 8,402,636 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2003 and exclude:

 

Ø   3,393,078 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 1996 Stock Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.78 per share;

 

Ø   256,353 shares of our common stock issuable, at the closing of this offering, upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $1.44 per share;

 

Ø   1,234 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which will expire at the closing of this offering, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.78 per share; and

 

Ø   3,500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Stock Plan, 600,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan.

 

The exercise of outstanding options and warrants having an exercise price less than the offering price will increase dilution to new investors.

 

 


 

30


Table of Contents

 

Selected financial data

 

This section presents our historical financial data. The following should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the financial statements included in this prospectus, including the notes to the financial statements, and the information under “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 have been derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six-month periods ended  June 30, 2002 and 2003 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2003 have been derived from our unaudited condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include all adjustments we consider necessary for the fair presentation of the information. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2003.

 

    Years ended December 31,

    Six months
ended June 30,


 
Statement of operations data   1998     1999     2000     2001     2002     2002     2003  

    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue:

                                                       

Collaborative agreement

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 72  

Government grant

    —         16       98       30       —         —         —    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    —         16       98       30       —         —         72  

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Research and development

    4,317       5,471       11,257       14,701       14,663       7,651       7,029  

General and administrative

    1,427       1,654       2,403       5,204       4,979       2,883       2,194  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    5,744       7,125       13,660       19,905       19,642       10,534       9,223  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Loss from operations

    (5,744 )     (7,109 )     (13,562 )     (19,875 )     (19,642 )     (10,534 )     (9,151 )
                                   


 


 


Other income (expense), net

    298       162       621       363       189       122       (38 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss

    (5,446 )     (6,947 )     (12,941 )     (19,512 )     (19,453 )     (10,412 )     (9,189 )

Accretion of preferred stock

    —         —         —         (8,411 )     (8,001 )     (8,001 )     —    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss applicable to common stockholders

  $ (5,446 )   $ (6,947 )   $ (12,941 )   $ (27,923 )   $ (27,454 )   $ (18,413 )   $ (9,189 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss per common share

  $ (0.86 )   $ (1.15 )   $ (2.16 )   $ (4.03 )   $ (3.52 )   $ (2.45 )   $ (1.13 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Shares used in basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation

    6,355       6,050       6,003       6,936       7,809       7,523       8,144  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited)(1)

                                  $ (0.44 )           $ (0.20 )
                                   


         


Shares used in pro forma net loss per common share calculation (unaudited)(1)

                                    44,550               45,427  
                                   


         



(1)   The pro forma net loss per share reflects the weighted effect of the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock. See note 12 to our financial statements for information regarding computation of net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share.

 

 


31


Table of Contents

Selected financial data


 

    As of December 31,

    As of
June 30,
     

Balance sheets data


  1998

    1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

     
    (in thousands)      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 12,152     $ 7,363     $ 23,926     $ 21,098     $ 17,344     $ 8,892      

Working capital

    11,589       6,100       21,785       19,135       15,570       7,252      

Total assets

    16,044       10,055       28,479       24,727       21,536       12,695      

Long-term obligations, less current portion

    941       854       952       1,046       1,514       1,477      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants

    23,390       23,405       49,053       57,629       65,673       65,673      

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (9,285 )     (16,232 )     (29,173 )     (48,685 )     (68,138 )     (77,327 )    

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (8,939 )     (15,804 )     (25,384 )     (36,260 )     (48,125 )     (56,589 )    

 

 

 


32


Table of Contents

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are a biotechnology company developing a new class of therapeutic products that enhance the body’s natural immune responses to treat cancer, infectious diseases and other medical conditions associated with weakened immune systems. We produce our therapeutic products, which consist of activated, patient-specific T cells, using our patented and proprietary Xcellerate Technology. We use blood collected from the patient to generate activated T cells, which we call Xcellerated T Cells. Our Xcellerate Technology rapidly activates and expands the patient’s T cells outside of the body. These Xcellerated T Cells are subsequently administered to the patient. We believe our Xcellerate Technology can produce Xcellerated T Cells in sufficient numbers to generate rapid and potent immune responses to treat a variety of medical conditions.

 

Since our inception in 1996, we have focused our activities primarily on the development of a new class of therapeutic products that enhance the body’s natural immune responses for the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases and other medical conditions associated with weakened immune systems. We are a development-stage company and have incurred significant losses since our inception. As of June 30, 2003, our deficit accumulated during the development stage was $77.3 million. Our operating expenses consist of research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses.

 

We have recognized revenues from inception through June 30, 2003 of approximately $316,000 from sublicense fees, payments under a collaborative agreement, and income from a National Institutes of Health Phase I Small Business Innovation Research, or SBIR, grant in CLL. In the third quarter of 2003, the National Institutes of Health awarded us a $1.2 million SBIR grant in the same indication. We intend to continue to apply for other grants in the future. We currently do not market any products and will not for several years, if at all. Accordingly, we do not expect to have any product sales or royalty revenue for a number of years. Our net losses are a result of research and development and general and administrative expenses incurred to support our operations. We anticipate incurring net losses over at least the next several years as we complete our clinical trials, apply for regulatory approvals, continue development of our technology and expand our operations.

 

Research and development

 

To date, our research and development expenses have consisted primarily of costs incurred for drug discovery and research, preclinical development, clinical trials and regulatory activities. Research and development activity-related costs include:

 

Ø   payroll and personnel-related expenses;

 

Ø   clinical trial and regulatory-related costs;

 

Ø   laboratory supplies;

 

 


33


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Ø   contractual costs associated with developing antibodies and beads;

 

Ø   technology license costs;

 

Ø   rent and facility expenses for our laboratory and cGMP grade manufacturing facilities; and

 

Ø   scientific consulting fees.

 

Our research and development efforts to date have primarily focused on the development of our proprietary Xcellerate Technology and Xcellerated T Cells. From inception through June 30, 2003, we incurred research and development expenses of approximately $60.2 million, substantially all of which relate to the research and development of this technology. Currently, we are focusing our efforts on advancing our product through clinical trials. Because of the risks and uncertainties inherent in the clinical trials and regulatory process, we are unable to estimate with any certainty the length of time or expenses to continue development of Xcellerated T Cells for commercialization. However, we expect our research and development expenses to increase as we continue to improve our proprietary Xcellerate Technology and develop additional clinical indications for Xcellerated T Cells.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses are costs associated with supporting our operations, including payroll and personnel-related expenses and professional fees. In addition, rent and facility expenses for our administrative office area and other general office support activities are also included in our general and administrative expenses.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

We have based our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations on our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. While note 1 to our financial statements summarizes each of our significant accounting policies that we believe is important to the presentation of our financial statements, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

We have adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123). Accordingly, we apply Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and related interpretations in accounting for stock options. Pursuant to APB 25, we recognize employee stock-based compensation expense based on the intrinsic value of the option at the date of grant. Deferred stock-based compensation includes amounts recorded when the exercise price of an option is lower than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. We amortize deferred stock-based compensation over the vesting period of the underlying option using the graded-vesting method.

 

We record stock options granted to non-employees using the fair value approach in accordance with SFAS 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Consensus Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services. We periodically revalue the options to non-employees over their vesting terms. We determine the fair value of options granted to non-employees using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

 


34


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

We determine the fair value of our common stock for purposes of these calculations based on our review of the primary business factors underlying the value of our common stock on the date these option grants are made or revalued, viewed in light of this offering and the expected initial public offering price per share.

 

Revenue recognition

 

To date, we have generated no revenues from sales of products. Revenues relate to fees received for licensed technology, cost reimbursement contracts and an SBIR grant awarded to us by the National Institutes of Health. We recognize revenue associated with up-front license fees and research and development funding payments ratably over the relevant periods specified in the agreement, which generally is the research and development period. We recognize revenue under research and development cost-reimbursement agreements as the related costs are incurred. We recognize revenue related to grant agreements as related research and development expenses are incurred.

 

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

 

We classify all investment securities as available-for-sale, carried at fair value. We report unrealized gains and losses as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. We include amortization, accretion, interest and dividends, realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities in interest income. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 59, Accounting for Noncurrent Marketable Equity Securities, provide guidance on determining when an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. This evaluation depends on the specific facts and circumstances. Factors that we consider in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value has occurred include: the market value of the security in relation to its cost basis; the financial condition of the investee; and the intent and ability to retain the investment for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery in the market value of the investment.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002

 

Revenue

 

Revenue was approximately $72,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and consisted of funds received under a cost-reimbursement agreement. We recognized no revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2002.

 

Research and development

 

Research and development expenses represented approximately 76% and 73% of our operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Research and development expenses decreased 8.1%, from $7.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002 to $7.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in technology license costs and non-cash stock compensation. Technology license costs totaled $729,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2002, representing the value of stock and cash paid as an initial fee for a license we obtained from an academic institution. We incurred no technology license costs in the six months ended June 30, 2003. Non-cash stock compensation decreased from $661,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2002 to $399,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2003. Decreases in research and development expenses were

 

 


35


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

partially offset by an increase of $446,000 in contractual payments relating to developing our antibody technology, in addition to increases in clinical trial and laboratory supplies costs.

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative expenses represented approximately 24% and 27% or our operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. General and administrative expenses decreased 24%, from $2.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002 to $2.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003, due primarily to a decrease in non-cash stock compensation and the absence of expenses related to an initial public offering registration process that we initiated and terminated in the first half of 2002. Non-cash stock compensation decreased 62%, from $862,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2002 to $326,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2003. Costs we incurred in association with the initial public offering registration process in the six months ended June 30, 2002 totaled $272,000.

 

Other income (expense)

 

Other income, comprised primarily of interest income and interest expense, totaled $122,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2002, compared to other expense of $38,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2003. Interest income decreased 62%, from $247,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2002 to $94,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2003, due to decreased cash and investment balances upon which interest is earned and declining interest rates. Interest expense increased 6.5%, from $123,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2002 to $131,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2003, due primarily to higher debt balances related to equipment financings.

 

Years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001

 

Revenue

 

Revenue was approximately $30,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001, consisting of income from a National Institutes of Health SBIR grant. We recognized no revenue in the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Research and development

 

Research and development expenses represented approximately 75% and 74% of our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Research and development expenses totaled $14.7 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Increases in research and development expenses were primarily due to technology license costs, contractual payments relating to developing our bead technology and an increase in salary and other personnel-related expenses. Technology license costs comprised the largest increase and totaled $829,000 in the year ended December 31, 2002, representing the value of stock and cash paid for a license we obtained from an academic institution. We incurred no technology license costs in the year ended December 31, 2001. Increases in research and development expenses were offset by a reduction of $1.1 million in contractual payments relating to developing our antibody technology, in addition to reduced non-cash compensation expense.

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative expenses represented approximately 25% and 26% or our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. General and administrative expenses decreased 4.3%, from $5.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2001 to $5.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease was due primarily to an $880,000 reduction in

 

 


36


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

professional fees related to an initial public offering that we withdrew in 2001, partially offset by a $351,000 increase in non-cash stock compensation and increases in salary and other personnel-related expenses.

 

Other income (expense)

 

Other income, comprised primarily of interest income and interest expense, decreased 48%, from $363,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001 to $189,000 in the year ended December 31, 2002. Interest income decreased 33%, from $698,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001 to $467,000 in the year ended December 31, 2002, due to decreased cash and investment balances upon which interest is earned and declining interest rates. Interest expense increased 2.7%, from $260,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001 to $267,000 in the year ended December 31, 2002, due primarily to higher debt balances related to equipment financings.

 

Years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000

 

Revenue

 

Revenue was approximately $30,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001 and $98,000 in the year ended December 31, 2000 and consisted of income from a National Institutes of Health SBIR grant.

 

Research and development

 

Research and development expenses represented approximately 74% and 82% of our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Research and development expenses increased 31%, from $11.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2000 to $14.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2001. The $3.4 million increase was primarily due to contractual payments relating to developing our antibody technology, an increase in non-cash stock compensation, increased rent and facilities-related expenses and laboratory supplies. Contractual payments relating to developing our antibody technology increased $1.7 million, non-cash stock compensation increased $1.2 million and rent and facilities-related expenses increased $1.1 million. Increases in research and development expenses were partially offset by a $1.4 million reduction in contractual payments relating to developing our bead technology, in addition to a decrease in technology license costs.

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative expenses represented approximately 26% and 18% or our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. General and administrative expenses increased 117%, from $2.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2000 to $5.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, due primarily to $1.1 million in expenses related to an initial public offering that we subsequently withdrew, in addition to increases in non-cash stock compensation and salary and other personnel related expenses.

 

Other income (expense)

 

Other income, comprised primarily of interest income and interest expense, decreased 42%, from $621,000 in the year ended December 31, 2000 to $363,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001. Interest income decreased 20%, from $868,000 in the year ended December 31, 2000 to $698,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001, due to decreased cash balance upon which interest is earned and declining interest rates. Interest expense increased 5.3%, from $247,000 in the year ended December 31, 2000 to $260,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001, due primarily to higher debt balances related to equipment financings.

 

 

 


37


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2003, we recorded deferred stock-based compensation totaling $86,000. During the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, we recorded deferred stock-based compensation totaling $1.7 million and $3.2 million, respectively. We amortize the deferred stock-based compensation to expense on the graded vesting method. As of June 30, 2003, there was approximately $1.2 million of deferred stock-based compensation to be amortized in future periods as follows: $442,000 for the six months ending December 31, 2003, $513,000 in 2004, $217,000 in 2005, $62,000 in 2006 and $1,000 in 2007. After June 30, 2003, we issued to employees additional options to purchase 886,500 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share. As a result, we expect to amortize an additional $2.0 million in deferred stock-based compensation in future periods as follows: $295,000 for the six months ending December 31, 2003, $1.0 million in 2004, $426,000 in 2005, $196,000 in 2006 and $42,000 in 2007. In 2001 and 2002, we granted non-employee stock options to purchase 395,000 and 35,000 shares of common stock, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, we issued warrants to non-employees to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock. We determined the fair value of options and warrants granted to non-employees using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. We will periodically measure this value as the underlying options vest. Total compensation expense was $1.1 million and $65,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and $130,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2003.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

We have incurred net operating losses since inception, and we have consequently not paid any federal, state or foreign income taxes. On December 31, 2002, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $55.9 million and research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $3.0 million. If not utilized, the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2011. If we do not achieve profitability, net operating loss carryforwards may be lost. In addition, the change-in-ownership provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, may substantially limit utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards annually. We are currently not subject to these limitations. However, any future annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

 

Deferred tax assets consist primarily of net operating loss carryforwards. Because of our history of operating losses, we do not have a sufficient basis to project that future income will be sufficient to realize the deferred tax assets during the carryforward period. As a result, we have provided a full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets for all periods presented. The valuation allowance has increased each fiscal year primarily due to that fiscal year’s net operating loss carryforward.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

As of June 30, 2003, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $8.9 million, with cash equivalents being held in highly liquid money market accounts with financial institutions. Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments were $23.9 million on December 31, 2000, $21.1 million on December 31, 2001, and $17.3 million on December 31, 2002. In October 2003, we raised net proceeds of $12.7 million from the sale of convertible promissory notes. These convertible promissory notes will convert into approximately 7,268,905 shares of common stock at the closing of this offering.

 

We have financed our operations since inception through private placements of equity securities, grant revenue, fees from a sublicense agreement, payments under a collaborative agreement, equipment financings and interest income earned on cash, cash equivalents and investments. From inception through June 30, 2003, we have raised net proceeds of $75.6 million from private equity financing. Since our

 

 


38


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

inception, we have received $316,000 in revenue, $5.5 million in equipment financings and $3.4 million in interest income. To date, inflation has not had a material effect on our business.

 

Since our inception, investing activities, other than purchases and maturities of investments, have consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment. On June 30, 2003, our investment in property and equipment was $5.2 million. We anticipate our capital expenditures will increase in the future as we construct and renovate our planned manufacturing plant and expand our current facilities.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $8.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and $8.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003. Net cash used in operating activities was $11.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2000, $15.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2001 and $15.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2002. Expenditures in these periods were generally a result of research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses in support of our operations.

 

We have entered into agreements to develop bead and antibody technology that require significant cash expenditures, including an agreement with Dynal under which we have agreed to make payments totaling $3.0 million upon the accomplishment of bead development activities. Additionally, we have two agreements with Lonza under which we have agreed to make payments to develop and produce cGMP-grade antibodies totaling $4.8 million. As of June 30, 2003, we have paid $2.5 million to Dynal and the entire $4.8 million to Lonza. Under our license agreement with Genetics Institute, we must spend no less than $500,000 annually on research and development activities related to product development until the first commercial sale of a product. Our license agreement with an academic institution also requires us to maintain minimum spending levels on research and development related to product development, as follows: $200,000 in the first year of the agreement, $300,000 in the second year, $400,000 in the third year, $500,000 in the fourth year and $1 million in each subsequent year.

 

The following summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

 

          Payments due by period

Contractual obligations


   Total

   Less than 1
year


   1 to 3
years


   4 to 5
years


   After 5
years


Operating leases

   $ 10,395    $ 1,469    $ 3,086    $ 2,474    $ 3,366

Equipment financing

     1,991      818      1,052      121      —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total (1)

   $ 12,386    $ 2,287    $ 4,138    $ 2,595    $ 3,366
    

  

  

  

  


(1)   Does not include commitments for product development spending under the Genetics Institute and other licenses, as described above.

 

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund clinical trial activities, manufacturing activities and preclinical research and development activities and for other general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures, technology acquisition and working capital to fund anticipated operating losses. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Based upon the current status of our product development and collaboration plans, we believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our cash, cash equivalents and investments, will be adequate to satisfy our capital needs through at least the next 18 months. However, we may need additional financing prior to that time to, among other things, support our product development for Phase II or Phase III clinical trials. Furthermore, we expect to require additional funding before we are able to

 

 


39


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

generate revenue, if at all, from our potential products. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when we need them, we may have to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of our development programs and some or all of our clinical trials. We also may have to license technologies to others that we would prefer to develop internally.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

For a description of our related party transactions, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which addresses accounting for restructuring, discontinued operation, plant closing or other exit or disposal activity. SFAS 146 requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. SFAS 146 is to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 146 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued FIN 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, and Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34. FIN 45 clarifies the requirements of SFAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies, relating to the guarantor’s accounting for, and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees. The disclosure provisions of FIN 45 apply to financial statements for the periods ending after December 15, 2002. However, the provisions for initial recognition and measurement apply on a prospective basis to guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. We do not expect the adoption of FIN 45 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, to entities in which the equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46 applies immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interest entities in which an enterprise obtains an interest after that date. It applies in the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 to variable interest entities in which an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1, 2003. FIN 46 applies to public enterprises as of the beginning of the applicable interim or annual period. We do not believe there will be a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations from the adoption of the provisions of FIN 46.

 

In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (EITF Issue No. 00-21). This Issue provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF Issue No. 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of EITF Issue No. 00-21 will have on our financial statements.

 

 


40


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The requirements of SFAS 150 apply to the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2004. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 150.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Interest rate risk

 

Our short-term investments at June 30, 2003 consist of federal agency obligations and highly rated corporate bonds, with contractual maturities of one year or less. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we believe that our exposure to market rate fluctuations is minimal. Our cash and cash equivalents are held primarily in highly liquid money market accounts. A hypothetical 10% change in short-term interest rates from those in effect at June 30, 2003 would not have a significant impact on our financial position or on our expected results of operations. We do not currently hold any derivative financial instruments.

 

Because interest rates on our equipment financing obligations are fixed at the beginning of the repayment term, exposure to changes in interest rates is limited to new financings.

 

Foreign currency risk

 

For antibody development and supply services provided by Lonza, we must make payments denominated in British pounds. As a result, from time to time, we are exposed to currency exchange risks. We do not engage in currency hedging, and, if the British pound strengthens against the US dollar, our payments to Lonza will increase in US dollar terms. At June 30, 2003, we have no outstanding obligations or significant future contractual commitments to Lonza.

 


 

41


Table of Contents

 

Business

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are a biotechnology company developing a new class of therapeutic products that enhance the body’s natural immune responses to treat cancer, infectious diseases and other medical conditions associated with weakened immune systems. We produce our therapeutic products, which consist of activated, patient-specific T cells, using our patented and proprietary Xcellerate Technology. We use blood collected from the patient to generate activated T cells, which we call Xcellerated T Cells. Our Xcellerate Technology rapidly activates and expands the patient’s T cells outside of the body. These Xcellerated T Cells are subsequently administered to the patient. We believe our Xcellerate Technology can produce Xcellerated T Cells in sufficient numbers to generate rapid and potent immune responses to treat a variety of medical conditions.

 

We believe our Xcellerate Technology allows us to consistently increase the quantity and restore the quality and diversity of T cells from patients with weakened immune systems. We believe we can efficiently manufacture Xcellerated T Cells for therapeutic applications. In addition, based on clinical studies to date, we believe the Xcellerated T Cells are safe and generally well tolerated and can be easily administered to patients in an outpatient clinical setting. We expect Xcellerated T Cells may be used alone or in combination with other complementary treatments. We and our scientific collaborators have completed or are conducting clinical trials in the following indications:

 

Ø   Chronic lymphocytic leukemia, or CLL.  In our ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial in patients with CLL, Xcellerated T Cells demonstrated therapeutic effects, including decreases in leukemic counts, reductions in enlarged lymph nodes and decreases in enlarged spleens.

 

Ø   Multiple myeloma.  In our ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial, we have shown that Xcellerated T Cells can be used to accelerate recovery of T cells and lymphocytes in patients with multiple myeloma following treatment with high-dose chemotherapy and autologous stem cell transplantation. Previous independent clinical studies have demonstrated a correlation between patient survival and the speed of recovery of lymphocytes following treatment with chemotherapy and stem cell transplantation.

 

Ø   Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma.  In a physician-sponsored clinical trial, the results of which were recently published in a peer-reviewed journal, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma patients undergoing high-dose chemotherapy and autologous stem cell transplantation were treated with T cells activated with an earlier version of our proprietary technology. In this group of patients with a very poor prognosis, there were several patients with long-term survival and complete responses, which means the absence of detectable disease using conventional detection methods.

 

Ø   Kidney cancer.  In our completed Phase I clinical trial in metastatic kidney cancer, we have demonstrated that patients treated with Xcellerated T Cells and low doses of the T cell activating agent, interleukin-2, or IL-2, survived for a median of 21 months. Previous independent clinical studies have demonstrated median survival of patients with metastatic kidney cancer of approximately 12 months. The results of this study were recently published in a peer-reviewed journal.

 

Ø   Prostate cancer.  In our recently completed Phase I/II clinical trial in prostate cancer, administration of Xcellerated T Cells led to significant decreases in the serum tumor marker, prostate specific antigen, or PSA, in two patients. In some independent clinical studies, decreases in PSA levels have been shown to correlate with increased patient survival.

 

Ø   HIV.  In a physician-sponsored clinical trial in HIV patients who had low T cell counts, treatment with T cells activated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology increased the patient population’s average T cell count to within normal levels and maintained this normal count for at least one year following therapy. The results of this study were recently published in a peer-reviewed journal.

 

 


42


Table of Contents

Business


 

In clinical trials, treatment with Xcellerated T Cells was generally well tolerated with few side effects. Side effects were similar to those observed with infusions of other kinds of cells, such as red blood cells or frozen cell products, and typically minor, including fever, chills, increased heart rate, nausea and sweating. Based on these positive clinical trial results, we believe there are several major clinical opportunities for Xcellerated T Cells. We plan to initially focus our development efforts on those clinical indications that we believe have significant commercial opportunities and offer the most rapid path to regulatory approval. We believe hematological malignancies, including CLL, multiple myeloma and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, represent major potential markets for Xcellerated T Cells. In addition, these types of cancer are generally incurable, which means that Xcellerated T Cells may qualify for fast track approval by the FDA and could shorten the time to potential regulatory approval and commercialization. We plan to initiate one or more pivotal clinical trials in one of these hematological malignancies in the next 18 months.

 

BACKGROUND

 

T cells and the immune system

 

T cells are critically important to a properly functioning immune system. The immune system is responsible for protecting the body from foreign invaders and eliminating pathogens, including tumor cells, bacteria, viruses and fungi. Classically, the immune system is divided into two arms, known as humoral immunity and cell-mediated immunity. Humoral immune responses are mediated by antibodies, which several biopharmaceutical companies have developed into major commercial products to treat a range of diseases, including cancer, infectious diseases and autoimmune diseases. Cell-mediated immunity also plays a critical role in fighting many of these illnesses. T cells, the most common type of lymphocyte, play the central role in cell-mediated immunity. Accordingly, we believe T cells may be used to treat cancer, infectious diseases and autoimmune diseases.

 

Healthy individuals have a few hundred billion T cells that circulate throughout the body. Upon encountering pathogens, T cells become activated and eliminate pathogens from the body. They do this by performing several important functions. First, T cells stimulate many other components of the immune system that are required for effective immune responses. For example, activated T cells control the proliferation and differentiation of another type of lymphocyte, B cells, which make antibodies that help fight infections. Additionally, activated T cells mark abnormal cells, such as tumor cells or infected cells, for destruction by the immune system. Activated T cells also participate directly in killing tumor cells and infectious agents, such as viruses.

 

Every T cell carries its own distinct receptor, the T cell receptor, which is capable of recognizing a specific antigen. Antigens are substances produced by tumor cells, viruses, bacteria or other pathogens that cause disease and may be distinguishable from substances produced by healthy cells. Healthy individuals have a population of T cells that expresses millions of different T cell receptors. It is this broad spectrum of T cell receptors that provides the diverse T cell repertoire that makes it possible for the immune system to recognize and respond to a wide variety of harmful pathogens that cause disease.

 

Activation of T cells

 

T cells remain in a resting state until they become activated upon encountering antigens expressed by infected cells or tumor cells. Although activation depends on the specificity of binding of an antigen to a T cell receptor, all T cells display similar characteristics upon activation. For example, when T cells undergo activation, they become more sensitive to stimulation by antigens. This makes activated T cells especially effective at eradicating pathogens that would otherwise escape recognition from the immune system. In addition, upon activation, T cells rapidly multiply to large numbers in the body. Accordingly, it is the process of activation that makes T cells potent therapeutic agents.

 

 


43


Table of Contents

Business


 

Two signals are required to activate T cells, Signal 1 and Signal 2, which are delivered by two molecules, CD3 and CD28, present on the surface of T cells. Signal 1 occurs when the CD3 molecule, which is tightly associated with the T cell receptor, is stimulated by engagement of the receptor by an antigen taken up, processed and presented by an antigen-presenting cell. Signal 2 occurs when the same antigen-presenting cell engages the CD28 molecule on the T cell. When the CD3 and CD28 molecules are stimulated, T cells become activated and produce an immune response. If only Signal 1 is generated, T cells are only partially activated and die quickly. If only Signal 2 is generated, no immune response occurs at all. Only the simultaneous delivery of both Signal 1 and Signal 2 generates activated T cells that can function properly in the body.

 

When a T cell becomes activated, it produces a number of different molecules to carry out its many functions. Some of these molecules, known as cytokines, are secreted by the T cell while other molecules are expressed on the surface of the T cell. Many of these molecules activate other cellular elements of the immune system. The activated T cell also produces several toxic substances that are responsible for directly killing pathogens. Several different molecules that a T cell produces in proper amounts work together to generate an effective immune response. Many of these molecules are extremely potent and would be extremely toxic if they were administered intravenously or by other routes that allow them to circulate throughout the body. The activated T cell is able to control the production and site of delivery of these molecules in order to generate a safe immune response that is concentrated at the site of disease.

 

LOGO

The dangers of T cell deficiencies

 

The quantity, quality and diversity of T cells are critically important for a properly functioning immune system.

 

Ø   Quantity.  A variety of treatments for cancer and autoimmune diseases destroy T cells, including chemotherapy, radiation and some monoclonal antibodies. In addition, many diseases, such as HIV and several kinds of congenital immunodeficiencies, are associated with low numbers of T cells. When the number of T cells decreases significantly, the human immune system is less able to defend the body against cancer and infectious diseases.

 

Ø  

Quality.  In many diseases, such as cancer and HIV, T cells have a reduced ability to generate effective immune responses. Many chemotherapy drugs and immunosuppressive agents also depress the activity and function of T cells. Defective T cells may not be able to respond to normal signals required for an

 

 


44


Table of Contents

Business


 

 

effective immune response. These T cells may produce insufficient numbers of molecules required either to mark tumor cells for destruction or to directly destroy them.

 

Ø   Diversity.  A decreased diversity of T cell receptors is observed in many diseases, including cancer, HIV and autoimmune diseases. This decreased spectrum of T cell receptors narrows the ability of T cells to recognize a broad array of antigens. This may reduce a patient’s ability to respond to and eliminate cancer and infectious diseases.

 

In many patients, decreases in the quantity, quality and diversity of T cells occur together. This puts patients at an increased risk of developing serious and often life-threatening infectious diseases as well as cancer. For example, patients with autoimmune diseases treated with immunosuppressive drugs have an increased risk of infections. Additionally, transplant patients treated with similar drugs have an increased risk of infections and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. Patients with HIV have an increased risk of developing non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma and multiple myeloma. Patients with certain types of congenital immunodeficiencies have an increased risk of developing infections as well as non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma and gastric cancer. In each of these medical conditions, patients often have poorly functioning T cells that are reduced in number and have limited diversity, which makes them particularly susceptible to infection and cancer.

 

Conversely, the presence of healthy T cells is associated with improved therapeutic outcome in patients with cancer, HIV and autoimmune diseases. At the time of diagnosis, patients with non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma who have higher lymphocyte counts have better survival. Several recent clinical studies have shown that cancer patients who experience more rapid and complete recovery of lymphocytes after chemotherapy have improved survival and outcome. Improved prognosis has been well documented in HIV patients, whose T cell counts significantly increased after anti-HIV therapy. These patients demonstrate improvements in T cell function as well as in T cell receptor repertoire diversity after successful treatment. Restoring healthy T cell diversity has also been associated with remission of disease in patients with certain autoimmune diseases.

 

Current approaches to activate the immune system and their limitations

 

There has been a major clinical focus on developing therapeutic agents to strengthen and activate a patient’s immune system. Many of these agents are used to activate the patient’s T cells inside the body. These therapeutic agents include:

 

Ø   Cytokines.  Cytokines, such as IL-2, are potent chemical messengers produced by the immune system that stimulate T cells and generate an immune response. Although cytokines have demonstrated therapeutic effects in cancer and infectious diseases, they are associated with serious and sometimes life-threatening side effects. In order to reduce adverse effects, these drugs are often given at decreased doses, which may compromise their therapeutic effects.

 

Ø   Monoclonal antibodies.  A variety of different monoclonal antibodies are being developed that target molecules expressed on the surface of T cells. Some of these target molecules activate T cells, while others inhibit T cell activation. By blocking the molecules that inhibit T cell activation, T cell activity can be increased. These antibodies have demonstrated limited therapeutic activity, and some of these molecules have been associated with serious side effects due to overactive T cells.

 

Ø  

Adjuvants.  Other therapeutic agents known as adjuvants have also been developed to stimulate immune responses. Some of the most potent adjuvants are derived from bacteria that make a variety of

 

 


45


Table of Contents

Business


 

 

molecules, which stimulate immune responses. They are used for some clinical applications, but their use is limited due to toxicity. Recently, several of the molecules produced by bacteria that activate the immune system have been identified, and some are being developed as immunotherapeutic agents. However, it is unclear whether these individual molecules will retain the therapeutic effects of whole adjuvants.

 

Ø   Vaccines.  A number of different vaccines are under development to treat cancer and HIV. These vaccines are made up of antigens expressed by tumor cells or HIV and are often administered with adjuvants. Patients are treated with the goal of stimulating T cells to respond to antigens, so that the T cells become activated and destroy the cancer or virus. However, many patients with cancer or HIV have deficiencies in the quantity, quality or diversity of their T cells, which may limit their ability to generate an effective response to the vaccine. This may be one reason vaccines have been ineffective in treating cancer and HIV.

 

Ø   Dendritic cells.  Cells of the immune system known as dendritic cells are being used to stimulate immune responses in patients with cancer. In healthy individuals, dendritic cells deliver both Signal 1 and Signal 2, which activate T cells. For most clinical applications, a patient’s own dendritic cells are grown outside of the body and then administered back to the patient. However, the ability to generate dendritic cells varies from patient to patient. Recently, it has been documented that dendritic cells under some circumstances may also make molecules that inhibit T cell responses. In addition, many patients with cancer or HIV have T cell deficiencies, which may limit their ability to respond to dendritic cells. Accordingly, dendritic cells may be limited in their ability to activate patients’ T cells and generate effective immune responses.

 

Ø   Activated T cells generated using other methods.  To overcome the limitations of activating T cells inside of the body, researchers have attempted to activate and grow patients’ T cells ex vivo, or outside of the body, before administering them for therapeutic applications. The development of monoclonal antibodies, which are proteins derived from a single clone of antibody-producing cells and bind to well-defined targets, made it possible to develop reagents that bind to CD3 and deliver Signal 1 to T cells. These antibodies are used to activate and grow T cells outside of the body. However, the process generates only one of the two signals required to activate T cells. Without Signal 2, this results in limited activity, growth and survival of T cells in the laboratory as well as after their administration into patients. Some recent approaches use antigens to target T cell receptors to generate antigen-specific T cells. However, these approaches result in a restricted T cell response that may not be effective for many clinical applications requiring broader T cell responses.

 

OUR SOLUTION

 

Our therapeutic approach

 

We have developed our patented and proprietary Xcellerate Technology, which can be used to consistently activate and grow large numbers of T cells outside of the body for therapeutic applications. The cells generated with this process, which we call Xcellerated T Cells, have the broad diversity of T cell receptors that we believe may be required to recognize and eliminate cancer and infectious diseases. These activated T cells secrete a wide spectrum of molecules, such as cytokines, and express a broad range of molecules on their cell surfaces to generate an effective immune response. In addition, T cells generated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology have been shown to survive for more than one year after infusion in patients. We believe the long-term survival of these cells may lead to sustained therapeutic responses.

 

Our patented Xcellerate Technology is used in a process that employs magnetic beads, which are plastic-coated magnetic microspheres, densely covered with two monoclonal antibodies that deliver Signal 1 and

 

 


46


Table of Contents

Business


 

Signal 2 to activate T cells. One of the monoclonal antibodies delivers Signal 1 to T cells by binding directly to the CD3 molecule. By targeting the CD3 molecule, our Xcellerate Technology can be used to activate and grow T cells expressing a broad diversity of T cell receptors. Our Xcellerate Technology also uses another monoclonal antibody that binds to the CD28 molecule to deliver Signal 2 to T cells. We attach both of these monoclonal antibodies to the surface of magnetic beads. When T cells bind to the monoclonal antibodies on these magnetic beads, they become activated and significantly increase in number. Accordingly, we believe these magnetic beads can provide the signals required to activate and grow a broad spectrum of T cells characterized by a diverse T cell receptor repertoire. These Xcellerated T Cells are then administered to the patient with the goal of restoring the health of the patient’s immune system and ability to eliminate cancer and infectious diseases.

 

To produce Xcellerated T Cells, white blood cells, a rich source of T cells, are first collected from a patient’s blood in an outpatient clinical setting using a standard procedure called leukapheresis. These cells are sent to our cGMP manufacturing facility, where they are frozen and stored. When needed, the cells are thawed and processed in a closed system to avoid exposure to the outside environment, reducing the risk of microbial contamination. In this process, the patient’s white blood cells are placed in a sterile, custom disposable bioreactor containing a solution of nutrients and a low level of IL-2 that sustains the growth of the T cells. We then add our microscopic magnetic beads. These beads are covered with our two monoclonal antibodies, which deliver Signal 1 and Signal 2 to activate the T cells in the solution. During an approximately 10-day period after the application of the beads, the T cells become activated and rapidly increase in number. At the end of this period, the antibody-coated magnetic beads are substantially removed, and the Xcellerated T Cells are frozen for increased shelf life. We have documented that we can store the Xcellerated T Cells in a frozen state for at least 12 months without significant loss of activity. When requested by the physician, the frozen Xcellerated T Cells are shipped to the outpatient clinic where they are thawed and administered by intravenous infusion in approximately two hours.

 

LOGO

 

 


47


Table of Contents

Business


 

For safety purposes and regulatory compliance, we have established procedures designed to track patients’ cells during the manufacture and shipment of Xcellerated T Cells. Each patient receives a unique identifying number that also contains a code for the clinical site where they are being treated. This unique identifying number is used to track, monitor and record all documentation, labels and materials relating to the production of the patient’s Xcellerated T Cells from blood collection through infusion of the final product. Before the product is shipped to the clinical site, we conduct quality control procedures in our laboratory. These procedures are designed to assure that Xcellerated T Cells meet strict quality control criteria such as T cell purity, dosage, potency, safety and sterility.

 

Benefits of Xcellerated T Cells

 

We believe Xcellerated T Cells may be an effective treatment for cancer and infectious diseases and may have the following clinical benefits:

 

Ø   Increased T cell quantity.  Our Xcellerate Technology can be used to activate and grow up to 250 times more T cells compared to the number with which we start with in our manufacturing process. Our process can produce an infusion dose of approximately 100 billion T cells, representing a significant percentage of T cells found in healthy individuals. We believe this number of Xcellerated T Cells is sufficient to generate therapeutic effects in patients with cancer, infectious diseases and autoimmune diseases. In our ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial in multiple myeloma, we already have evidence that treatment with Xcellerated T Cells can significantly boost T cell and lymphocyte counts and accelerate T cell and lymphocyte recovery in patients treated with high-dose chemotherapy and autologous stem cell transplantation.

 

Ø   Prolonged T cell survival.  In a clinical trial, T cells activated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology have been documented to survive in the body for more than a year after their administration. We believe that therapeutic effects of Xcellerated T Cells may be significantly longer than current therapeutic agents used to treat cancer and infectious diseases that require frequent administration.

 

Ø   Improved T cell quality.  Xcellerated T Cells secrete a broad spectrum of cytokines and express many important surface molecules required to generate an effective immune response. In laboratory studies, the Xcellerate Technology has been used to restore healthy immune responses in the T cells from patients with leukemia. These Xcellerated T Cells have been shown to mark patients’ leukemic cells for destruction by the immune system. The studies have also shown that the Xcellerated T Cells directly kill the patient’s tumor cells. In our ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial in CLL, patients treated with Xcellerated T Cells have shown decreased leukemic cell counts and reductions in the size of their lymph nodes and spleens.

 

Ø   Broadened T cell diversity.  Our Xcellerate Technology generates T cells with a broad array of T cell receptors. We have shown in the laboratory that our Xcellerate Technology can be used to significantly broaden the diversity of the narrow T cell repertoire found in many cancer patients. In laboratory studies, one of our scientific founders has independently demonstrated similar results in HIV patients. In our Phase I/II ongoing clinical trial in multiple myeloma, we have preliminary evidence that Xcellerated T Cells can be used to restore a broad T cell repertoire after administration into patients.

 

Ø   Favorable side effect profile and safety record.  Xcellerated T Cells are produced from T cells originating from the patient. We believe that using a patient’s own cells may result in a safer product than chemotherapy drugs. Xcellerated T Cells and T cells generated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology have been administered to over 100 patients in clinical trials to date with a favorable side effect profile and safety record. The side effects associated with administration of Xcellerated T Cells are typically minor and similar to those observed with infusions of other kinds of cells, such as red blood cells or frozen cell products.

 

 


48


Table of Contents

Business


 

Ø   Complementary to other therapies.  We believe Xcellerated T Cells have a favorable side effect profile and safety record and provide a novel therapeutic approach to treat cancer and infectious diseases. Accordingly, we believe they may be complementary to current therapies, such as chemotherapy, radiation and monoclonal antibodies. Xcellerated T Cells may help repair the damage to the immune system caused by chemotherapy or other drugs that suppress the immune system. In addition, we believe Xcellerated T Cells may be combined with anti-viral drugs as well as therapies that activate the immune system, such as cancer vaccines. We or our collaborators have performed both preclinical studies in animals as well as laboratory studies using patients’ tissues demonstrating the feasibility of using this approach to improve the potential efficacy of combining T cells activated with our proprietary technology with cancer vaccines.

 

Benefits of our Xcellerate Technology

 

We believe our Xcellerate Technology may have the following benefits:

 

Ø   Ex vivo process.  We designed our Xcellerate Technology to be used outside of the body. This allows us to grow and monitor Xcellerated T Cells in a controlled environment where we can provide optimal conditions for the activation and growth of T cells.

 

Ø   Broad clinical applications.  Based on recent clinical trials, we believe our Xcellerate Technology can be applied to a variety of diseases. We have demonstrated in the laboratory as well as in our cGMP manufacturing facility that our Xcellerate Technology can be used to activate and grow T cells from patients with a variety of cancers, including kidney cancer, prostate cancer, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, multiple myeloma and leukemia. Our collaborators have used an earlier version of our proprietary technology to activate and grow T cells from HIV patients for clinical applications. Recently, we have demonstrated in the laboratory that we can use our Xcellerate Technology to activate and grow T cells from patients with autoimmune diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus and scleroderma.

 

Ø   Ease of administration.  We initially collect a patient’s white blood cells, a rich source of T cells, in a standard outpatient procedure called leukapheresis. After our process is completed, Xcellerated T Cells can be administered using a routine intravenous procedure in approximately two hours in an outpatient clinic. This is similar to what is performed today in most oncology practices where chemotherapy, monoclonal antibodies and red blood cell transfusions are administered intravenously.

 

Ø   Reproducible and cost-effective manufacturing.  Other than our proprietary components, our Xcellerate Technology incorporates commercially available products and standard clinical and blood bank supplies, which enables us to efficiently manufacture Xcellerated T Cells. We use the same proprietary disposable components to produce Xcellerated T Cells for all patients. We do not require materials that must be obtained by surgery, such as samples of the patient’s tumor. We can freeze the cells we initially collect from our patients as well as freeze the Xcellerated T Cells we generate from those cells. We have documented storage of Xcellerated T Cells in our facility for at least 12 months without significant loss of activity. Freezing may enable us to generate several Xcellerated T Cell treatments from one manufacturing procedure. In addition, we believe freezing should allow us to supply Xcellerated T Cells to patients throughout the United States from a central manufacturing site.

 

OUR STRATEGY

 

Our goal is to be a leader in the field of T cell therapy and to leverage our expertise in T cell activation to develop and commercialize products to treat patients with cancer, infectious diseases, autoimmune diseases and compromised immune systems. Key elements of our strategy include the following:

 

Ø  

Maximize speed to market.  We plan to initiate one or more pivotal clinical trials in CLL, multiple myeloma or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma in the next 18 months. We believe these clinical indications

 

 


49


Table of Contents

Business


 

 

provide the most rapid and cost-effective commercialization strategy for Xcellerated T Cells. We believe that focusing on life-threatening diseases will facilitate rapid entry to the market for Xcellerated T Cells. The FDA has adopted fast track approval and priority trial procedures for therapies that address life-threatening diseases, and we may apply for fast track designation. In addition, we intend to apply for FDA orphan drug status for Xcellerated T Cells for those cancers that qualify, including CLL, multiple myeloma and kidney cancer.

 

Ø   Expand the application of Xcellerated T Cells.  In addition to cancer and HIV, we believe Xcellerated T Cells can be used to treat patients with other illnesses including infectious diseases, such as hepatitis. In addition, we are studying the potential therapeutic benefits of Xcellerated T Cells in patients with autoimmune diseases treated with immunosuppressive drugs and in patients with compromised immune systems, such as those with congenital immunodeficiencies. We may also expand the application of Xcellerated T Cells to other types of cancer for which Xcellerated T Cells may have therapeutic benefit. We are also exploring the use of Xcellerated T Cells in patients with autoimmune diseases who have been treated with immunosuppressive drugs. In addition to our own clinical trials, our scientific founders are conducting a number of independent clinical studies using an earlier version of our proprietary technology for additional clinical applications. Based on the results of their studies, we may pursue some of these clinical opportunities using Xcellerated T Cells.

 

Ø   Leverage complementary technologies and therapies.  Xcellerated T Cells may be effective in combination with current treatments for cancer and infectious diseases, such as chemotherapy. We believe Xcellerated T Cells may help ameliorate the effects of immunosuppression associated with treatment of autoimmune diseases. We also intend to explore opportunities to combine complementary technologies and therapies, such as chemotherapy, cancer vaccines and monoclonal antibodies, with Xcellerated T Cells. In addition, we may supplement our internal efforts by acquiring or licensing technologies and product candidates that complement our Xcellerate Technology.

 

Ø   Retain key commercialization rights and pursue strategic partnerships.  We intend to retain marketing and commercial rights in North America for products in specialized markets, such as cancer. We may seek development and marketing support for clinical indications that have broader patient populations in North America. In addition, we plan to pursue strategic partnerships with biopharmaceutical companies to obtain development and marketing support for territories outside North America, such as Europe and Asia.

 

Ø   Enhance manufacturing capabilities.  We have a major focus on developing an efficient and cost-effective process to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells. We currently produce T cells for clinical trials using a cost-effective process that is readily scaleable. We intend to make additional improvements to our manufacturing procedures and components, which should further reduce the costs of manufacturing. In addition, we plan to optimize our manufacturing process for other disease indications in the future.

 

Ø   Expand our intellectual property.  We have a portfolio of issued patents and patent applications that we own or exclusively license, which we believe provides patent coverage for our Xcellerate Technology. As we continue to improve our Xcellerate Technology, including developing process improvements and improving the activity and the specificity of Xcellerated T Cells, we intend to file patents to protect these improvements.

 

 


50


Table of Contents

Business


 

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS

 

The table below summarizes the current status of clinical trial applications that use our proprietary technology:

 

Disease and Indication    Clinical trial status    Sponsor    # patients
treated/planned

Cancer—Hematological malignancies

              

CLL

   Ongoing Phase I/II    Xcyte    7/18

Multiple myeloma

              

Ø   Post-autologous stem cell transplant

   Ongoing Phase I/II    Xcyte    27/35

Ø   Non-transplant

   Planned Phase II(1)    Xcyte    N/A

Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma

   Completed Phase I    Physician    16/16
 

Cancer—Solid tumors

              

Kidney cancer

   Completed Phase I/II    Xcyte    25/25

Prostate cancer

   Completed Phase I/II    Xcyte    19/20
 

HIV

   Completed Phase I    Physician    8/8
     Ongoing Phase II    Physician    12/24

 

(1)   We plan to initiate this Phase II clinical trial with 30 patients by the first quarter of 2004.

 

Cancer

 

The American Cancer Society estimates that 1.3 million new cases of cancer will occur in the United States in 2003. Many cancer patients are treated with chemotherapy drugs, which often have limited efficacy and are associated with severe and sometimes life-threatening side effects. Physicians have recently begun to recognize the important role that the immune system may play in controlling cancer. As a result, immune-based therapeutic products, such as monoclonal antibodies, have become important drugs used to treat patients with cancer. These therapeutic products have become more widely used not only because of their efficacy, but also because they are generally better tolerated than chemotherapy.

 

Hematological malignancies

Hematological malignancies are cancers of the blood or bone marrow. The American Cancer Society estimates that there will be approximately 106,200 new cases of hematological malignancies in the United States in 2003. Hematological malignancies include leukemia, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, multiple myeloma and Hodgkin’s disease. Because hematological malignancies have usually spread throughout the body by the time of diagnosis, they typically require treatment with chemotherapy. Recently, immune-based therapeutic products have been developed to treat some hematological malignancies. Most kinds of hematological malignancies, including CLL, multiple myeloma and the vast majority of non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, are cancers of lymphocytes known as B cells. In healthy individuals, T cells control the proliferation of B cells. However, in patients with B cell malignancies, T cells are abnormal, and this may contribute to uncontrolled B cell proliferation and tumor progression.

 

Chronic lymphocytic leukemia

 

Ø   Background.  Approximately 73,000 patients have CLL in the United States and there will be 7,300 new cases of CLL and 4,400 deaths due to this disease in the United States in 2003. The disease is characterized by proliferation of malignant lymphocytes in the bone marrow, lymph nodes and spleen, which leads to an increase in white blood cell counts, as well as enlarged lymph nodes and spleens in most patients. A number of different chemotherapy drugs can be used to treat leukemia. Recently, the

 

 


51


Table of Contents

Business


 

    FDA approved two drugs, fludarabine, a chemotherapy agent, and Campath, a monoclonal antibody, to treat CLL. These drugs are effective in some patients but do not cure the disease. Both fludarabine and Campath are powerful drugs that destroy all lymphocytes including those that are normal as well as malignant. Consequently, patients treated with these drugs suffer from severe T cell deficiencies, which increase the risk of infection.

 

Ø   Clinical data.  In 2003, we began treating patients with CLL with a single infusion of Xcellerated T Cells with no other therapy in a Phase I/II clinical trial. The National Institutes of Health awarded us an SBIR grant of approximately $1.2 million to help fund this trial. We plan to treat a minimum of three patients at each of three different dose levels of Xcellerated T Cells, 10, 30 and 60-100 billion, and a total of approximately 18 patients in this clinical trial. Serious injury has occurred with other therapeutic agents used to treat CLL due to rapid destruction of leukemic cells. To reduce this risk, we are starting with a low dose in this trial and are gradually increasing the dose of Xcellerated T Cells. A total of six patients have been treated at the two lowest dose levels to date. The treatment has been well tolerated with no significant side effects. In addition, we have documented decreases in leukemic cell counts in two of these patients. Finally, we have documented substantial decreases in the size of enlarged lymph nodes and spleens in all six patients who have received treatment to date.

 

We plan to initiate a randomized, Phase II clinical trial in which patients will be treated with Campath with or without subsequent treatment with Xcellerated T Cells. Use of Campath is a standard treatment for CLL but increases the risk of infection in part because Campath eradicates nearly all T cells for several months following treatment. In addition, although Campath can decrease leukemic cell counts in the blood, it has less therapeutic activity in the lymph nodes of CLL patients. Accordingly, we believe there is a strong clinical rationale for combining Xcellerated T Cells with Campath.

 

Multiple myeloma

 

Ø   Background.  Multiple myeloma is a form of cancer that usually originates in the bone marrow and has metastasized to multiple sites by the time of diagnosis. Approximately 47,000 patients have multiple myeloma in the United States and approximately 14,600 new patients will be diagnosed with multiple myeloma and 10,900 patients will die of the disease in the United States in 2003. Chemotherapy has been the most common form of treatment for multiple myeloma. More recently, drugs such as Velcade and thalidomide are being used to treat this disease. These drugs can temporarily reduce the tumor load in patients with myeloma, but only rarely eradicate the disease. The most effective therapeutic approach for treatment of multiple myeloma is high-dose chemotherapy followed by autologous stem cell transplantation. However, this therapy is not curative, and only approximately 25% of patients achieve a complete response. In addition, patients whose lymphocyte counts recover slowly after transplant have a poor outcome. Administering Xcellerated T Cells may be able to accelerate lymphocyte recovery and improve the clinical outcome of these patients.

 

Ø   Clinical data.  In December 2002, we initiated an ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial in which we plan to treat 35 patients with multiple myeloma. Patients are being treated with a single infusion of Xcellerated T Cells three days following high-dose chemotherapy and autologous stem cell transplantation. In this trial we have treated 27 patients with a single infusion of Xcellerated T Cells. Treatment with Xcellerated T Cells has shown a favorable safety record and has been generally well tolerated. Lymphocyte recovery and T cell recovery has been much more rapid than observed in a comparable group of patients who did not receive Xcellerated T Cells after transplant. Rapid lymphocyte recovery has been correlated with improved prognosis and increased survival in previous clinical studies.

 

 


52


Table of Contents

Business


 

Additionally, we and others have demonstrated that the diversity of the T cell receptor repertoire is extremely limited in patients with multiple myeloma. In our clinical trial, the T cell receptor repertoire demonstrated a normal pattern in four of the first five evaluable patients by four weeks after transplant. In contrast, in multiple myeloma patients who do not receive Xcellerated T Cells, it typically takes more than a year for the limited T cell receptor repertoire to return to normal after transplant. The improvements in the time to lymphocyte recovery and diversity of the T cell repertoire may lead to a better clinical outcome in these patients. We are currently monitoring these patients for infections, days in hospital and other clinical parameters that may be associated with immune recovery. We are also evaluating tumor responses and expect that preliminary data will become available during the first half of 2004.

 

We are planning to initiate a Phase II clinical trial in multiple myeloma in the non-transplant setting. We plan to enroll approximately 30 patients, who have failed prior therapies. Patients in this planned trial will be randomized to treatment with either a single infusion of Xcellerated T Cells alone or treatment with the drug fludarabine, followed by a single infusion of Xcellerated T Cells. This trial is designed to evaluate whether treatment with Xcellerated T Cells is effective without other treatment as well as whether fludarabine can enhance the anti-tumor effects of Xcellerated T Cells in patients with multiple myeloma.

 

Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma

 

Ø   Background.  Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma is a cancer of the lymph node system. Approximately 300,000 patients have non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, and approximately 53,000 new patients will be diagnosed with this disease in the United States in 2003. About 60% of newly diagnosed patients have an intermediate to aggressive disease course, while approximately 40% of patients have a slow growing, low-grade form of the disease. Chemotherapy and radiation are used to treat patients with non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. More recently, immune-based therapeutic products, such as the monoclonal antibody Rituxan, have increasingly been used alone or in combination with chemotherapy. Patients with low-grade lymphoma often respond to Rituxan treatment, but they cannot be cured with any form of therapy. These patients eventually become refractory to all forms of therapy and die from their disease. Patients with intermediate to aggressive non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma may be cured with chemotherapy treatment. However, those who relapse or fail to respond to therapy have a poor prognosis. Some of these patients may be treated with high-dose chemotherapy followed by an autologous stem cell transplant but there are few patients with long-term survival.

 

Ø   Clinical data.  A physician-sponsored clinical trial was conducted in 16 patients with poor prognosis who were treated with high-dose chemotherapy and an autologous stem cell transplant followed by administration of a single infusion of activated T cells generated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology. In this group of patients with a very poor prognosis, there were several patients with long-term survival and complete responses, which means the absence of detectable disease using conventional detection methods. The results of this clinical trial were published in the medical journal Blood in September 2003.

 

Based on the substantial therapeutic effects that we have documented in the lymph nodes in patients with CLL, we plan to initiate a Phase II clinical trial to test whether Xcellerated T Cells can be used to treat patients with low-grade lymphomas. Recent studies have demonstrated a correlation between lymphocyte counts in patients with low-grade lymphoma and their survival. We believe administration of Xcellerated T Cells may increase the lymphocyte counts of patients with low-grade lymphoma. Low-grade lymphomas have many similar characteristics to CLL. However, in contrast to CLL, tumor cells are rarely found on routine examination of the blood in patients with lymphoma. The primary site of disease in patients with low-grade lymphomas is the lymph nodes.

 

 


53


Table of Contents

Business


 

Ø   Solid tumors.  Solid tumors are cancers that originate in organs of the body. The American Cancer Society estimates that there will be over one million new patients with solid tumors, such as breast, prostate, kidney, lung, liver and colon cancers and approximately 500,000 people will die from these types of cancers in the United States in 2003. These cancers are typically treated with surgery or radiation. Chemotherapy is used with limited success in treating solid tumors such as breast cancer, but it is generally ineffective in curing patients once the cancer has spread or metastasized. Recently, immune-based therapeutic products including monoclonal antibodies, such as Herceptin, are being used to treat patients with solid tumors, such as breast cancer and ovarian cancer.

 

Kidney cancer

 

Ø   Background.  The American Cancer Society estimates that approximately 31,900 patients will be diagnosed with kidney cancer in the United States in 2003. Approximately one-third of the patients with kidney cancer will develop metastatic disease. Once patients develop metastatic disease, they have a very poor prognosis with an average survival of approximately one year. The five-year survival for patients with metastatic kidney cancer is less than 5%, and approximately 12,000 deaths are expected to occur in the United States in 2003. The only drug currently approved by the FDA for treating metastatic kidney cancer is IL-2, a cytokine that activates T cells and increases lymphocyte counts. However, the FDA-approved regimen requires extremely high doses of IL-2, which are associated with serious and life-threatening side effects. Several recent clinical studies have demonstrated a strong correlation between the increase in lymphocyte counts that occurs with IL-2 therapy and clinical outcome in patients with metastatic kidney cancer. We believe administration of Xcellerated T Cells may improve the clinical outcome in these patients by boosting lymphocyte counts.

 

Ø   Clinical data.  In February 2003, we completed a Phase I/II clinical trial of Xcellerated T Cells in 25 patients with metastatic kidney cancer. In this clinical trial, patients were treated with two infusions of Xcellerated T Cells approximately four weeks apart. After each infusion of Xcellerated T Cells, patients were treated with low doses of IL-2. There were no serious adverse effects related to the administration of Xcellerated T Cells.

 

We also observed evidence of therapeutic effects at sites of metastases to bone in two patients. Furthermore, lymphocyte counts significantly increased with treatment, and there was a trend to increased post-infusion survival in patients achieving higher lymphocyte counts. Median survival was 21 months in these patients. Several previous clinical trials have shown that the median survival in patients with metastatic kidney cancer is approximately 12 months. The results of this clinical trial were reported in the medical journal Clinical Cancer Research in September 2003. We are evaluating plans for a pivotal trial in kidney cancer based on cost, longer time to approval and potential for finding a partner to support further development.

 

Prostate cancer

 

Ø   Background.  Prostate cancer is the most common form of cancer in men in the United States. The American Cancer Society estimates that there will be 220,900 new cases and approximately 28,900 patients will die of prostate cancer in the United States in 2003. Patients with prostate cancer can be cured by surgery if the disease is localized. However, once the disease spreads to other organs, it cannot be cured with the current standard treatment, which is hormonal therapy. For patients with advanced prostate cancer who have failed standard hormonal therapy, there are currently no treatments that have been demonstrated to improve survival.

 

Ø   Clinical data  In June 2003, we completed a Phase I/II clinical trial in 19 patients with hormone-refractory prostate cancer. Patients were treated with a single infusion of Xcellerated T Cells. The

 

 


54


Table of Contents

Business


 

therapy was generally well tolerated and led to significant and sustained increases in patients’ lymphocyte counts. Two patients demonstrated significant decreases in serum levels of the tumor marker, PSA. In some independent clinical studies, decreases in PSA levels have been shown to correlate with improved survival in patients with prostate cancer.

 

HIV

 

Ø   Background.  There are over 800,000 individuals infected with HIV in the United States. HIV patients are at increased risk of infections and cancer. In HIV, patient’s T cells become infected with the virus leading to low numbers of T cells and an extremely narrow T cell receptor repertoire. Increasing T cell count and restoring T cell repertoire is associated with improved outcome. Patients with HIV are currently treated with combinations of anti-viral drugs known as highly active antiretroviral therapy, or HAART. Although HAART is effective in suppressing the virus and delaying the onset of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, or AIDS, HAART often ceases being effective in a significant number of patients. HAART is also associated with serious side effects.

 

Ø   Clinical data.  One of our scientific founders independently demonstrated in the laboratory that T cells activated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology were resistant to infection with HIV. Based on this observation, he and his collaborators conducted a preclinical study in an HIV model in monkeys and a clinical trial in HIV patients who had decreased T cell counts. The preclinical monkey model study showed that T cells activated using our proprietary technology administered after one month of anti-viral drug therapy suppressed viral infection for more than a year. The results of this study were recently published in the medical journal Blood. In the human clinical trial, eight HIV patients were administered T cells activated using an earlier version of our proprietary technology. The results were recently published in the medical journal Nature Medicine, where it was reported that the treatment increased the average of the patient population’s T cell counts to within the normal range for at least one year following initiation of therapy. In laboratory studies, the investigators also demonstrated that they were able to restore a broad T cell receptor diversity in the T cells that were produced using this technology. Based on these preclinical and clinical studies, we have initiated preclinical studies and plan to conduct clinical trials using Xcellerated T Cells to treat patients infected with HIV. In addition, one of our scientific founders is independently conducting clinical trials using an earlier version of our proprietary technology to treat patients infected with HIV, the results of which are not yet available.

 

Autoimmune diseases

 

An overactive immune system is believed to play a central role in a variety of illnesses classified as autoimmune diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus and scleroderma. Attempts to control the disease with therapeutic agents that suppress the immune system are often effective. However, some patients have more serious forms of these diseases and do not respond to conventional therapy, while others experience serious side effects from these chronic immunosuppressive therapies. Recently, high-dose chemotherapy and/or radiation have been used with autologous stem cell transplantation to eradicate these patients’ diseased immune systems in an attempt to cure several of these diseases. Although effective in many patients, this form of therapy has been associated with serious and life-threatening toxicities. Many scientists now believe that certain populations of T cells play a central role in causing several autoimmune diseases. This is manifested by narrowing of the T cell receptor repertoire, which has been shown to return to normal when patients with some of these diseases achieve remission. Many therapeutic agents are available that can selectively eliminate T cells without causing the serious toxicities associated with the intensive regimens used with stem cell transplantation. If our Xcellerate Technology can be used to generate healthy T cells from patients with autoimmune diseases, it may be possible to administer Xcellerated T Cells to restore a healthy immune system after patients are treated with drugs that eliminate T cells in the body.

 

 


55


Table of Contents

Business


 

We have demonstrated in laboratory studies that our Xcellerate Technology can be used to activate and grow T cells from patients with several autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus and scleroderma. These studies have also shown that we can restore the narrow T cell repertoire characteristic of many of these patients to a more normal diverse pattern using our Xcellerate Technology. Further preclinical studies are planned that, if successful, could lead to the initiation of a clinical trial using this approach in patients with serious forms of autoimmune diseases.

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

As of September 30, 2003, we had a total of 27 employees dedicated to research and development, including seven with advanced degrees. We spent approximately $47.7 million from January 1, 2000 through June 30, 2003 on the research and development of our Xcellerate Technology and Xcellerated T Cells. Our internal research and development efforts are focused on:

 

Ø   Improving our Xcellerate Technology.  We intend to continuously evaluate and improve our Xcellerate Technology. We have reduced the overall process time for manufacturing of Xcellerated T Cells from an average of 14 days to approximately 10 days. We have developed methods that further simplify our Xcellerate Technology, allowing us to increase our production yield, reduce labor and materials and lower the costs associated with the production of Xcellerated T Cells.

 

Ø   Increasing the therapeutic activity of Xcellerated T Cells.  We intend to continuously evaluate and improve the therapeutic activity of Xcellerated T Cells. We are currently evaluating whether other molecules of the immune system or genes could be used to improve the therapeutic activity of Xcellerated T Cells. We are working with several groups to evaluate using Xcellerated T Cells in conjunction with recently discovered antigens to specifically target cancers and infectious diseases associated with those antigens. We have conducted laboratory studies demonstrating that we can generate large numbers of antigen-specific Xcellerated T Cells with anti-tumor activity in several types of cancer, including melanoma, breast cancer, kidney cancer and lung cancer.

 

Ø   Developing additional clinical indications for Xcellerated T Cells.  There are many medical conditions that are associated with deficiencies in T cells. We are currently studying the potential to use Xcellerated T Cells to treat these illnesses. For example, patients with autoimmune diseases are treated with immunosuppressive drugs that damage their immune systems. We have demonstrated that we can activate and grow T cells and restore a normal T cell repertoire in patients with several of these diseases. In addition, we are planning to study the use of Xcellerated T Cells in patients with congenital immunodeficiencies. Finally, we are interested in exploring the potential to use Xcellerated T Cells in the elderly, who often have weakened immune systems.

 

MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY

 

We designed, built and operate a pilot facility in Seattle, Washington in accordance with cGMP. We use this facility to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells for clinical trials. We have also leased an additional facility that we intend to develop to manufacture Xcellerated T Cells for our planned clinical trials and initial commercialization if we obtain FDA approval. We expect to begin manufacturing Xcellerated T Cells at this facility in the second half of 2004. Except for our antibody-coated beads and custom bioreactor system, all of the components that are required to implement our Xcellerate Technology are commercially available products and standard clinical and blood bank supplies.

 

In August 1999, we entered into a contract with Dynal for the cGMP grade manufacture of our antibody-coated beads for clinical and future commercial uses. For completed milestones, we have paid $2.5 million as of September 30, 2003 and, assuming the remaining milestones are completed, we will be

 

 


56


Table of Contents

Business


 

obligated to pay an additional $0.5 million. The agreement will terminate in August 2009 or earlier upon material breach by either party. The term may be extended for an additional five years by either party.

 

In June 2000, we entered into two service agreements with Lonza, which were subsequently amended for the cGMP grade manufacture of the two monoclonal antibodies for use with our antibody-coated beads. Under the terms of these agreements, we are obligated to make payments to Lonza. We have paid $4.9 million as of September 30, 2003. These agreements may be terminated by either party for a material breach.

 

COMPETITION

 

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. Many entities, including pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and other research organizations are actively engaged in the discovery, research and development of products that could compete with our products under development. They may also compete with us in recruiting and retaining skilled scientific talent.

 

There are numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are developing therapies for cancer and infectious disease generally, and many of these companies are focused on activating the immune system using therapeutic agents including monoclonal antibodies, cytokines, nucleotides and cells. We are currently aware of several companies developing ex vivo cell-based immunotherapy products as a method of treating cancer and infectious diseases. These competitors include Antigenics, Inc., CancerVax Corporation, Cell Genesys, Inc., CellExSys, Inc., Dendreon Corporation, Favrille, Inc., Genitope Corporation, IDM, S.A. and Kirin Pharmaceutical. Even if our Xcellerate Technology proves successful, we might not be able to remain competitive in this rapidly advancing area of technology. Some of our potential competitors have more financial and other resources, larger research and development staffs and more experienced capabilities in researching, developing and testing products. Some of these companies also have more experience in conducting clinical trials, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approval, and in manufacturing, marketing and distributing of medical products. Smaller companies may successfully compete with us by establishing collaborative relationships with larger pharmaceutical companies or academic institutions. Our competitors may succeed in developing, obtaining patent protection for or commercializing their products more rapidly than us. A competing company developing, or acquiring rights to, a more effective therapeutic product for the same diseases targeted by us, or one that offers significantly lower costs of treatment, could render our products noncompetitive or obsolete.

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary technologies and products. We aggressively seek US and international patent protection to further our business strategy and for major components of our Xcellerate Technology, including important antibody components and methods of T cell activation. We also rely upon trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information. We enter into licenses to technologies we view as necessary.

 

We have a portfolio of issued patents and patent applications, which we believe provides patent coverage for our Xcellerate Technology. As of September 30, 2003, we owned or held exclusive rights to six issued

 

 


57


Table of Contents

Business


 

patents and numerous pending patent applications in the United States in the field of or directed to ex vivo T cell stimulation. Two of the issued patents relate to methods of stimulating T cells utilized by our Xcellerate Technology, while two other issued patents relate to a method of stimulating T cells and an antibody that we are not currently using. The final two issued patents are in the field of or directed to immunosuppression and the treatment and prevention of immune disorders and immunorejection of transplanted material. We also have numerous currently pending foreign patent applications and five issued foreign patents corresponding to our T cell stimulation technology.

 

In general, we apply for patent protection of methods and products relating to immunotherapy for treatment of cancer, immune deficiencies, autoimmune diseases and infectious diseases. With respect to proprietary know-how that is not patentable, we have chosen to rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our interests. We have taken security measures to protect our proprietary know-how, technologies and confidential data and continue to explore further methods of protection.

 

We require all employees, consultants and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements, and all employees and most consultants enter into invention assignment agreements with us. The confidentiality agreements generally provide that all confidential information developed or made known to the individual during the course of such relationship will be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties, except in specified circumstances. These invention agreements generally provide that all inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us shall be our exclusive property. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will provide meaningful protection or adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. Any of these events could adversely affect our competitive position in the marketplace.

 

In the case of a strategic partnership or other collaborative arrangement which requires the sharing of data, our policy is to disclose to our partner, under controlled circumstances, only data that is relevant to the partnership or arrangement during the contractual term of the strategic partnership or collaborative arrangement, subject to a duty of confidentiality on the part of our partner or collaborator. Disputes may arise as to the ownership and corresponding rights in know-how and inventions resulting from research by us and our future corporate partners, licensors, scientific collaborators and consultants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our proprietary position or that third parties will not circumvent any proprietary protection we have. Our failure to maintain exclusive or other rights to these technologies could harm our competitive position.

 

To continue developing and commercializing our current and future products, we may license intellectual property from commercial or academic entities to obtain the rights to technology that is required for our discovery, research, development and commercialization activities.

 

In preparation for the commercial distribution of our products and services if we obtain FDA approval, we have filed a number of trademark applications.

 

Corporate collaborations

 

Part of our strategy is to establish corporate collaborations with pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and commercialization of our Xcellerate Technology. We focus our efforts on partnering our technologies in markets and diseases that we do not plan to pursue on our own. We target collaborators that have the expertise and capability to develop, manufacture, obtain regulatory approvals for and commercialize our Xcellerate Technology. In our corporate

 

 


58


Table of Contents

Business


 

collaborations, we seek to cover our research and development expenses through research funding, milestone payments and technology or license fees. We also seek to retain significant downstream participation in product sales through either profit-sharing or product royalties paid on annual net sales.

 

Ø   Taiwan Cell Therapy Company.  In August 2003, we entered into a letter of intent with Taiwan Cell Therapy Company, or TCTC, a company newly formed under the laws of Taiwan. Under this letter of intent we are obligated, subject to certain conditions, to grant TCTC an exclusive license to our Xcellerate Technology in the cellular immunotherapy field in Australia and Asia, excluding Japan, and a non-exclusive license to our Xcellerate Technology outside the cellular immunotherapy field worldwide. The parties’ obligations under the letter of intent are conditioned upon, among other things, TCTC closing, or obtaining commitments for, at least US$25 million in equity financing on or before December 30, 2003 and the parties’ negotiation of a definitive agreement on or before November 15, 2003.

 

The letter of intent sets forth certain terms to be incorporated into a definitive agreement, including our obligation to transfer our Xcellerate Technology, including manufacturing capability, to TCTC and to provide training to TCTC on the use and manufacture of our Xcellerate Technology. The business terms of the letter of intent include issuance of 2% of TCTC’s equity to us, potential royalties on net sales and sublicensing revenue as well as up to US$10 million in license issue fees and potential milestone payments based on clinical trials conducted by TCTC and us. In addition, if we enter into a definitive agreement, we are obligated to purchase US$2.5 million of TCTC equity on the same terms and conditions as the other investors and, under certain circumstances, to pay a percentage of any revenue we receive from granting license rights to our Xcellerate Technology in Japan. Both parties will have diligence obligations to pursue our Xcellerate Technology in their respective territories, and TCTC will have the right to market our Xcellerate Technology in any country in which we do not seek market approval for our Xcellerate Technology within a specified period of time following US approval of our first product.

 

The letter of intent will terminate in the event a definitive agreement is not executed prior to November 15, 2003 or if either party elects to terminate it earlier upon material breach by the other party or in our or TCTC’s sole discretion subject to payment of a break-up fee.

 

Technology licenses

 

Where consistent with our strategy, we seek to obtain technologies that complement and expand our existing technology base. We have licensed and will continue to license technology from selected research and academic institutions, as well as other organizations. Under these license agreements, we generally seek to obtain unrestricted sublicense rights. We are generally obligated under these agreements to pursue product development, make development milestone payments and pay royalties on any product sales. We have not been required to pay any royalties through September 30, 2003. In addition to license agreements, we seek relationships with other entities that may benefit us and support our business goals.

 

Ø  

Diaclone S.A.  In October 1999, we entered into a license agreement with Diaclone S.A., a French corporation. Under the agreement, Diaclone granted us an exclusive, worldwide license to the monoclonal antibody and the cell line, which produces the antibody that binds to the CD28 molecule, for the development and commercialization of the antibody for all ex vivo uses. We are currently obligated to purchase all our requirements for this monoclonal antibody from Diaclone until we begin preparing for Phase III clinical trials. This agreement has a term of 15 years from the date of first approval by the FDA or its foreign equivalent, of a product based on the licensed antibody. We currently do not have FDA approval of any products based on the licensed antibody. At the end of the term, we

 

 


59


Table of Contents

Business


 

 

will have a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free exclusive license. We paid an initial non-refundable license fee to Diaclone and are required to pay royalties if our product is approved and commercialized.

 

Ø   Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center.  In October 1999, we entered into a license agreement with the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center. Under the agreement, the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center granted us a non-exclusive, worldwide license to make, use and sell the monoclonal antibody that binds to the CD3 molecule for T cell stimulation for ex vivo uses. We paid up-front licensing fees to the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center and we are obligated to pay the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center a royalty fee if our product is commercialized. On December 1, 2000, we amended this license agreement to broaden the field of use to include any ex vivo use involving therapeutic and research applications in exchange for an additional non-refundable up-front fee of $50,000 and the issuance of 150,000 shares of our common stock to the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center. This license will remain in effect for 15 years following commercialization of our product.

 

Ø   Genetics Institute.  In July 1998, we entered into a license agreement with Genetics Institute, now a subsidiary of Wyeth, Inc. Under the agreement, Genetics Institute granted us an exclusive license for methods of ex vivo activation or expansion of human T cells for treatment and prevention of infectious diseases, cancer and immunodeficiency. The technology underlying these methods originated from two of our scientific founders and their collaborators, and create the basis for our Xcellerate Technology. The term of the Genetics Institute license runs until the end of the enforceable term of any patents issued for the methods licensed. To date, two patents, whose terms expire in 2016 and two patents, whose terms expire in 2019 have been issued for the methods licensed. In consideration of the license, we paid a non-refundable up-front license fee of approximately $53,000, issued 145,875 shares of our preferred stock to Genetics Institute, and issued a warrant under which the Genetics Institute has the right to purchase 194,500 additional shares of our preferred stock, which will convert into a warrant to purchase our common stock after the closing of this offering. We are also obligated to pay royalties to Genetics Institute on sales of products covered by the patents licensed to us under the agreement.

 

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

 

Governmental authorities in the United States and other countries extensively regulate the preclinical and clinical testing, approval, manufacturing, labeling, storage, record-keeping, reporting, advertising, promotion, import, export, marketing and distribution, among other things, of immunotherapy products and other drugs and biological products. In the United States, the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the Public Health Service Act and other federal statutes and regulations subjects pharmaceutical products to rigorous review and regulation. If we do not comply with applicable requirements, we may be fined, our products may be recalled or seized, our clinical trials may be suspended or terminated, our production may be totally or partially suspended, the government may refuse to approve our marketing applications or allow us to distribute our products, and we may be subject to an injunction and/or criminally prosecuted. The FDA also has the authority to revoke previously granted marketing authorizations.

 

In order to obtain approval of a new product from the FDA, we must, among other requirements, submit proof of safety and efficacy as well as detailed information on the manufacture, quality, composition and labeling of the product in a new drug application or a biologics license application. In most cases, this proof entails extensive laboratory tests, and preclinical and clinical trials. This testing, the preparation of

 

 


60


Table of Contents

Business


 

necessary applications, the processing of those applications by the FDA and review of the applications by an FDA advisory panel of outside experts are expensive and typically take many years to complete. Additionally, the FDA recently formed a new division that will regulate biologic products, such as Xcellerated T Cells. The processes and requirements associated with this new division may cause delays and additional costs in obtaining regulatory approval of our products or for regulatory authorization for our clinical trials. The FDA may not act quickly or favorably in reviewing these applications, or may deny approval altogether and we may encounter significant difficulties or costs in our efforts to obtain FDA approval, which could delay or preclude us from marketing any products we may develop. The FDA may also require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the effects of approved products or place conditions on any approval that could restrict the commercial applications of these products. The FDA may withdraw product approval if we fail to comply with regulatory standards, if we encounter problems following initial marketing, or if new safety or other issues are discovered regarding our products after approval. With respect to patented products or technologies, delays imposed by the governmental approval process may materially reduce or eliminate the period during which we will have the exclusive right to exploit the products or technologies.

 

In order to conduct research to obtain regulatory approval for marketing, we must submit information to the FDA on the planned research in the form of an investigational new drug application. The investigational new drug application must contain, among other things, an investigational plan for the therapy, a study protocol, information on the study investigators, preclinical data such as toxicology data, and other known information about the investigational compound. An investigational new drug application generally must be submitted by a commercial sponsor who intends to collect data on the safety and efficacy of a new drug or biological product prior to conducting human trials and submitting an application for marketing approval. In certain circumstances, an investigational new drug application may also be submitted which allows physicians to gain an initial understanding of the compound through an expanded access program. Data from expanded access trials can generally be used to support the safety, but not the efficacy, of a product.

 

After an investigational new drug application becomes effective, a sponsor may commence human clinical trials. The sponsor typically conducts human clinical trials in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase I clinical trials, the product is generally tested in a small number of patients or healthy volunteers, primarily for safety at one or more doses. In Phase II, in addition to safety, the sponsor typically evaluates the efficacy of the product in a patient population somewhat larger than Phase I clinical trials. It is customary in cancer clinical trials for the FDA to allow companies to combine Phase I and Phase II clinical trials into a Phase I/II clinical trial. Phase III clinical trials typically involve additional testing for safety and clinical efficacy in an expanded population at geographically dispersed test sites and are intended to generate the pivotal data on which a marketing application will be based. The studies must be adequate and well-controlled, and otherwise conform to appropriate scientific and legal standards.

 

Prior to the commencement of each clinical trial, the sponsor must submit to the FDA a clinical plan, or protocol, accompanied by the approval of an institutional review board responsible for protecting the welfare of study subjects for a site participating in the trials. The sponsor must also ensure that investigators obtain informed consent from all study subjects prior to commencement of each study, and the sponsor must comply with monitoring, reporting, and so-called good clinical practice requirements throughout the conduct of the study, among other legal requirements. The FDA may prevent an investigational new drug application from taking effect, or may order the temporary or permanent discontinuation of a clinical trial, at any time. An institutional review board may also prevent a study from going forward, or may temporarily or permanently discontinue a clinical trial, at any time. If a

 

 


61


Table of Contents

Business


 

study is not conducted in accordance with applicable legal requirements and sound scientific standards, the data from the study may be deemed invalid and unusable.

 

The sponsor must submit to the FDA the results of the preclinical and clinical trials, together with, among other things, detailed information on the manufacture, quality and composition of the product, in the form of a new drug application or, in the case of a biologic, a biologics license application. The application must also contain proposed labeling for the product setting forth the proposed conditions of use for which the applicant is seeking approval, and be accompanied by the payment of a significant user fee. The FDA can refuse to file an application if it is deemed not sufficiently complete to permit review, or has some other deficiency.

 

Because the FDA is regulating Xcellerated T Cells as a biologic, we must submit biologics license applications to the FDA to obtain approval of our products. A biologics license application requires data showing the safety, purity and potency of the product. In a process which generally takes several years or more, the FDA reviews this application and, when and if it decides that adequate data are available to show that the new compound is both safe and effective and that other applicable requirements have been met, approves the drug or biologic for marketing. Prior to issuing a denial or an approval, the FDA often will seek recommendations from one of its advisory committees of independent experts. The amount of time taken for this approval process is a function of a number of variables, including the quality of the submission and studies presented, the potential contribution that the compound will make in improving the treatment of the disease in question, the recommendations of the FDA advisory committee, and the workload at the FDA. It is possible that our Xcellerate Technology will not successfully proceed through this approval process or that the FDA will not approve our applications in any specific period of time, or at all. Any approval, if obtained, could be limited or could be made contingent on burdensome post-approval commitments or could be otherwise restricted.

 

Congress enacted the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997, in part, to ensure the availability of safe and effective drugs, biologics and medical devices by expediting the FDA review process for new products. The Modernization Act establishes a statutory program for the approval of fast track products, including qualifying biologics. We may, from time to time, decide to request fast track approval for Xcellerated T Cells. A fast track product is defined as a new drug or biologic intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition that demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this disease or condition. Under the fast track program, the sponsor of a new drug or biologic may request the FDA to designate the drug or biologic as a fast track product at any time during the clinical development of the product.

 

The Modernization Act specifies that the FDA must determine whether the product qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. The FDA can base approval of a marketing application for a fast track product on an effect on a clinical endpoint or on another “surrogate” endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may subject approval of an application for a fast track product to post-approval studies to validate the surrogate endpoint or confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint and prior review of all promotional materials. In addition, the FDA may withdraw its approval of a fast track product on an expedited basis on a number of grounds, including the sponsor’s failure to conduct any required post-approval study with due diligence.

 

If the FDA’s preliminary review of clinical data suggests that a fast track product may be effective, the agency may initiate review of sections of a marketing or license application for a fast track product before the sponsor completes the entire application. This rolling review may be available if the applicant provides a schedule for submission of remaining information and pays applicable user fees. However, the time periods specified under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act concerning timing goals to which the

 

 


62


Table of Contents

Business


 

FDA has committed in reviewing an application do not begin until the sponsor submits the entire application.

 

We have requested, and may from time to time continue to request, orphan drug status for Xcellerated T Cells. Orphan drug designation may be granted to those products developed to treat diseases or conditions that affect fewer than 200,000 persons in the United States. We believe that some of our target cancer patient populations meet these criteria. Under the law, the developer of an orphan drug may be entitled to seven years of market exclusivity following the approval of the product by the FDA, exemption from user fee payments to the FDA, and a 50% tax credit for the amount of money spent on human clinical trials. We cannot predict whether the FDA will grant either an orphan drug or fast track designation, or whether our products will ultimately receive FDA approval or orphan drug market exclusivity. We also cannot predict the ultimate impact, if any, of the fast track process or orphan drug status on the timing, likelihood, or scope of FDA approval of our immunotherapy products. Even if we are able to obtain FDA approval with orphan drug marketing exclusivity, other competing products may still be approved if they are deemed to be sufficiently different than our products, or clinically superior, or under certain other circumstances. This could reduce or eliminate the value of any orphan drug marketing exclusivity.

 

The FDA may, during its review of a new drug application or biologics license application, ask for additional test data. If the FDA does ultimately approve the product, it may require post-marketing testing, including potentially expensive Phase IV studies, and surveillance to monitor the safety and effectiveness of the product. In addition, the FDA may in some circumstances impose restrictions on the use of the product, which may be difficult and expensive to administer, may affect whether the product is commercially viable, and may require prior approval of promotional materials.

 

Before approving a new drug application or biologics license application, the FDA will also inspect the facilities where the product is manufactured and will not approve the product unless the manufacturing facilities are in compliance with cGMP. In addition, the manufacture, holding and distribution of a product must remain in compliance with cGMP following approval. Manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control and record keeping and reporting to ensure full compliance with those requirements.

 

The labeling, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution of a drug or biologic product must be in compliance with FDA regulatory requirements. Our distribution of pharmaceutical samples to physicians must comply with the Prescription Drug Marketing Act. In addition, manufacturers are required to report adverse events, and errors and accidents in the manufacturing process. Changes to an approved product, or changes to the manufacturing process, may require the filing of a supplemental application for FDA review and approval. Failure to comply with applicable requirements can lead to the FDA demanding that production and shipment cease, and, in some cases, that the manufacturer recall products, or to FDA enforcement actions that can include seizures, injunctions and criminal prosecution. These failures can also lead to FDA withdrawal of approval to market the product. Where the FDA determines that there has been improper promotion or marketing, it may require corrective communications such as “Dear Doctor” letters. Even if we comply with FDA and other requirements, new information regarding the safety or effectiveness of a product, or a change in the law or regulations, could lead the FDA to modify or withdraw a product approval.

 

In addition to FDA requirements, our manufacturing, sales, promotion, and other activities following product approval are subject to regulation by numerous other regulatory authorities, including, in the United States, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, and state and local governments. Among other laws and requirements, our

 

 


63


Table of Contents

Business


 

sales, marketing and scientific/educational programs must comply with the Federal Medicare-Medicaid anti-fraud and abuse statutes and similar state laws. Our pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

 

We are also subject to regulation by the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, or OSHA, and the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and to various laws and regulations relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices, and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances, including radioactive compounds used in connection with our research and development activities, and may in the future be subject to other federal, state or local laws or regulations. OSHA, the EPA or other regulatory agencies may promulgate regulations that may affect our research and development programs. We are also subject to regulation by the Department of Transportation and to various laws and regulations relating to the shipping of cells and other similar items. We are unable to predict whether any agency will adopt any regulation that could limit or impede our operations.

 

Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet these other applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of pre-marketing product approval, or refusal to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts.

 

Sales of pharmaceutical products outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. Whether or not we have obtained FDA approval, we must obtain approval of a product by comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries prior to the commencement of marketing the product in those countries. The time required to obtain this approval may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The foreign regulatory approval process includes all the risks associated with FDA regulation set forth above, as well as country-specific regulations, including in some countries price controls.

 

In May 2000, we filed our initial Phase I investigational new drug application, or IND, involving Xcellerated T Cells to treat metastatic kidney cancer. The FDA allowed us to start the trial in June 2000. The trial was completed in February 2003. In September 2001, we amended the IND to add a Phase I study of Xcellerated T Cells to treat hormone refractory prostate cancer. The trial was completed in June 2003. In August 2002, we amended the IND to add a Phase I/II to treat multiple myeloma patients post autologous stem cell transplantation. We anticipate completion of the trial by June 2004. In November 2002, we amended the IND to add a Phase I/II study to treat CLL. We anticipate completion of the trial in the first half of 2004. In September 2003, we amended the IND to add a randomized Phase II study to treat multiple myeloma patients with and without fludarabine. We anticipate completion of the trial by the second half of 2005.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, we may be involved in various other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Although it is not feasible to predict the outcome of these proceedings or any claims made against us, we do not anticipate that the ultimate liability of these proceedings or claims will have a materially adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

 


64


Table of Contents

Business


 

On July 26, 2000, Karen Lenahan filed suit against the University of Chicago, the University of Chicago Hospitals, Central DuPage Hospital and various doctors, seeking to recover damages arising out of the death of Mrs. Lenahan’s husband, Shawn Lenahan. The complaint, filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, alleged that the physicians committed medical malpractice. Mr. Lenahan was treated in an independent clinical trial using technology similar to ours. This trial was initiated prior to our licensing of this technology. The complaint was amended to add additional defendants, and on February 26, 2001, a second amended complaint was filed that named us as a defendant. The second amended complaint attempted to allege that we participated in an unlawful conspiracy to induce Mr. Lenahan to participate in a drug protocol for an experimental treatment for his non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma.

 

On May 7, 2001, we filed a motion seeking to dismiss the conspiracy claims, the only counts in the second amended complaint in which we were named as a defendant. On June 29, 2001, the court upheld the motion to dismiss. On July 27, 2001, the plaintiff filed a fourth amended complaint, which again named us as a defendant and attempted to allege that we and our co-defendants unlawfully conspired against Mr. Lenahan. On August 31, 2001, we filed a motion to dismiss the conspiracy claims against us. On February 25, 2002, the court upheld the motion to dismiss. However, the court granted the plaintiff one final chance to file an amended complaint. On March 25, 2002, the plaintiff filed a fifth amended complaint, which alleged similar claims as the fourth amended complaint. We filed a motion to dismiss the conspiracy claims and on July 22, 2002, the court granted our motion to dismiss the plaintiff’s fifth amended complaint with prejudice. On August 20, 2002, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal from the court’s order granting our motion to dismiss. On April 7, 2003, we filed our response brief, and, on May 1, 2003, the plaintiff filed its reply brief. We cannot predict when we will have a decision on the appeal. We deny having committed any conspiracy against Mr. Lenahan and intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. However, because of the nature of the complaint against us, we cannot predict the probability of a favorable or unfavorable outcome, or estimate the amount or range of potential loss.

 

EMPLOYEES

 

As of September 30, 2003, we had 63 employees, 27 of whom are directly involved in research and development, and 23 of whom are involved in manufacturing operations. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

FACILITIES

 

We currently lease a total of approximately 62,500 square feet of space at two facilities. We lease approximately 22,000 square feet of office, laboratory space and a pilot cell manufacturing facility in Seattle, Washington, with monthly payments of approximately $48,000. The lease on this space expires in October 2006, and we have options to renew for two additional five-year terms. We also lease approximately 40,500 square feet of space in Bothell, Washington, with monthly payments of approximately $77,000. We plan to renovate 20,000 square feet of this facility for the manufacture Xcellerated T Cells for our planned clinical trials and initial commercialization if we receive FDA approval. The initial lease term on this space expires December 2010, and we have options to renew until December 2020. Under the terms of the lease, we also have rights to negotiate for further expansion space in the building.

 

 


65


Table of Contents

 

Scientific advisory board

 

Our Scientific Advisory Board is our network of medical, scientific and clinical advisors and collaborators who consult with our scientists. In addition, our Scientific Advisory Board members, none of whom are our managers or employees, advise us regarding our research and development programs, the design of our clinical trials as well as other medical and scientific matters relating to our business. The following persons serve on our Scientific Advisory Board:

 

Joseph Bertino, M.D., is the Associate Director of the Cancer Institute of New Jersey and University Professor of Medicine and Pharmacology.

 

Jeffrey Bluestone, Ph.D., is one of our scientific founders and is a Professor at the University of California, San Francisco and the Director of the UCSF Diabetes Center.

 

Edward Clark, Ph.D., is a Professor of Immunology and a Professor of Microbiology at the University of Washington.

 

John Hansen, M.D., is a Member of Clinical Research at the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center and Professor of Medicine, University of Washington.

 

Carl June, M.D., is one of our scientific founders and is the Vice Chairman of the Department of Molecular and Cellular Engineering at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Hyam Levitsky, M.D., is a Professor of Oncology, Medicine and Urology at Sidney Kimmel Comprehensive Cancer Center at Johns Hopkins University.

 

Ronald Levy, M.D., is the Chief of the Division of Medical Oncology at the Stanford Medical Center.

 

Gerald Nepom, M.D., Ph.D., is the Director, Benaroya Research Institute at Virginia Mason.

 

E. Donnall Thomas, M.D., is a Member and former Director of Clinical Research at the Fred Hutchinson Family Cancer Research Center. Dr. Thomas was awarded the 1990 Nobel Prize in Medicine.

 

Craig Thompson, M.D., is one of our scientific founders and is the Scientific Director of the Abramson Family Cancer Research Institute at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Robert M. Williams, Ph.D., is a University Distinguished Professor, Department of Chemistry at Colorado State University.

 

 


66


Table of Contents

 

Management

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Set forth below is the name, age, position and a brief account of the business experience of each of our executive officers and directors:

 

Name


   Age

  

Position(s)


Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.

   51    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Stewart Craig, Ph.D.

   42    Chief Operating Officer and Vice President

Mark Frohlich, M.D.

   42    Medical Director and Vice President

Mark L. Bonyhadi, Ph.D.

   49    Vice President of Research

Kathi L. Cordova, C.P.A.

   43    Senior Vice President of Finance and Treasurer

Joanna S. Black, J.D.

   30    General Counsel, Vice President and Secretary

Robert Curry, Ph.D.

   56    Director

Jean Deleage, Ph.D.

   63    Director

Dennis Henner, Ph.D.

   52    Director

Peter Langecker, M.D., Ph.D.

   52    Director

Robert T. Nelsen, M.B.A. 

   40    Director

Robert M. Williams, Ph.D.

   50    Director

 

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D., is our founder and has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since our inception. From April 1989 until February 1995, Dr. Berenson held several positions at CellPro, Inc., a stem cell therapy company that he founded, with his last positions being Executive Vice President and Chief Medical and Scientific Officer. Dr. Berenson also served on the board of directors of CellPro, Inc. from July 1984 to March 1989, and currently serves on the board of directors of Calypso Medical Technologies, Inc. Dr. Berenson was a faculty member at the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, where he last held the position of Assistant Member. Dr. Berenson is a board-certified internist and medical oncologist, who completed his medical oncology fellowship training at Stanford University Medical Center. Dr. Berenson received a B.S. in biology from Stanford University and an M.D. from Yale University School of Medicine.

 

Stewart Craig, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Vice President since October 1999. From July 1996 to September 1999, Dr. Craig served as Vice President of Development and Operations at Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., a stem cell therapy company. From January 1994 to June 1996, Dr. Craig served as Vice President of Product and Process Development at SyStemix Inc., a stem cell and gene therapy company. From June 1987 to December 1993, Dr. Craig held the positions of Group Leader and Senior Scientist at British Biotech, a biotechnology company. Dr. Craig received a B.Sc. in biochemistry and a Ph.D. in physical biochemistry from the University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK.

 

Mark Frohlich, M.D., has served as our Medical Director since October 2001 and has served as our Vice President since January 2002. From July 1998 to October 2001, Dr. Frohlich held the position of Assistant Adjunct Professor of Medicine at the University of California at San Francisco. From July 1994 to June 1998, Dr. Frohlich completed his fellowship in medical oncology at the University of California at San Francisco. Dr. Frohlich received a B.S. in electrical engineering and economics from Yale University and an M.D. from Harvard Medical School.

 

Mark L. Bonyhadi, Ph.D., has served as our Vice President of Research since January 2003. Dr. Bonyhadi previously served as our Director of Research from January 2002 to January 2003,

 


 

67


Table of Contents

Management


 

Director of Strategic Scientific Development from April 2001 to December 2001 and Director of Biological Research from May 1997 to March 2001. From September 1990 to April 1997, Dr. Bonyhadi served as Senior Scientist with SyStemix, Inc., a stem cell and gene therapy company. Dr. Bonyhadi received a B.A. in biology from Reed College and a Ph.D. in immunology from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

Kathi L. Cordova, C.P.A., has served as our Senior Vice President of Finance and Treasurer since September 2003. Ms. Cordova previously served as our Vice President of Finance from March 1997 to September 2003. From February 1994 to February 1997, Ms. Cordova held the position of Assistant Controller in a joint venture between American Life Insurance Company, a subsidiary of American International Group, an insurance company, and Italy’s Confederazione Italiana Sindicati dei Lavoratori, a labor union. From August 1991 to January 1994, Ms. Cordova served as Management Associate with the Life Division of American International Group, an insurance company. Ms. Cordova received a B.A. in international relations from Stanford University and an MA in international relations from The Johns Hopkins University.

 

Joanna S. Black, J.D., has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since January 2002 and has served as our Vice President since September 2003. From September 1998 to January 2002, Ms. Black worked as an attorney at Venture Law Group, A Professional Corporation, a law firm. From August 1997 to August 1998, Ms. Black worked as an attorney at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., a law firm. Ms. Black received a B.A. in economics and public policy from Stanford University and a J.D. from Columbia University School of Law.

 

Robert E. Curry, Ph.D., has served as one of our directors since July 2002 and from May 2000 to January 2002. Dr. Curry has been a Venture Partner at Alliance Technology Ventures, a venture capital firm, since July 2002. Dr. Curry previously served as a General Partner of Sprout Group from May 1991 to June 2002. He currently is a director of Emerald Bio-Agricultural Corporation, a medical products company, and Tripath Imaging, Inc., a cancer therapy company. Dr. Curry received a B.S. in physics from the University of Illinois and an M.S. and Ph.D. in chemistry from Purdue University.

 

Jean Deleage, Ph.D., has served as one of our directors since August 1996. Dr. Deleage is a founder and managing director of Alta Partners, a venture capital firm and was previously a founder of Burr, Egan, Deleage & Company and Sofinnova Ventures, Inc. Dr. Deleage is director of Crucell, Kosan Biosciences and Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and several private companies, all biopharmaceutical companies. Dr. Deleage received an M.S. in electrical engineering from the Ecole Supérieure d’Electricité and a Ph.D. in economics from the Sorbonne.

 

Dennis Henner, Ph.D., has served as one of our directors since July 2002. Dr. Henner has been a General Partner at MPM Capital, a venture capital firm since May 2001. From April 1996 to February 2001, Dr. Henner held the positions of Senior Vice President of Research and Vice President of Research at Genentech, Inc., a biotechnology company. Dr. Henner is currently director of biotechnology companies Tercica Medica, Inc., Rigel, Inc., Synergia Pharma, Inc. and Rinat Neuroscience Corporation. Dr. Henner received his B.A. in Life Sciences and his Ph.D. from the Department of Microbiology at the University of Virginia.

 

Peter Langecker, M.D., Ph.D., has served as one of our directors since December 1999. Since October 1999, Dr. Langecker has served as Chief Medical Officer and Vice President of Clinical Affairs of BioMedicines, Inc., a biotechnology company. From July 1997 to September 1999, Dr. Langecker served as Vice President of Clinical Affairs of Sugen, Inc., a biotechnology company. From July 1995 to July 1997, Dr. Langecker served as Vice President of Clinical Research of Coulter Pharmaceutical, Inc., a biotechnology company. Before that Dr. Langecker held various medical positions at Ciba Geigy and

 

 


68


Table of Contents

Management


 

Schering-Plough. Dr. Langecker received an M.D. and a Ph.D. in medical sciences from Ludwig Maximilians University in Munich.

 

Robert T. Nelsen, M.B.A., has served as one of our directors since August 1996. Since 1992, Mr. Nelsen has served as a managing director of ARCH Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Nelsen also serves as a director of Adolor Corporation (ADLR), an analgesics development company, Caliper Technologies Corporation (CALP), a biochip company, and Illumina Corporation (ILMN), a biotechnology company. Mr. Nelsen received a B.S. in biology and economics from the University of Puget Sound and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

 

Robert M. Williams, Ph.D., has served as one of our directors and a member of our Scientific Advisory Board since November 1996. Since September 1980, Professor Williams has served as a Professor of Chemistry at Colorado State University and in 2001, he was appointed University Distinguished Professor. During his career, Professor Williams has provided consulting services to several biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, including Cubist Pharmaceutical Company, Microcide Pharmaceuticals, Hoffman-La Roche, G.D. Searle, W.R. Grace, NewBiotics ChemGenex, Nutrasweet and EPIX Medical, Inc. Professor Williams received a B.A. in chemistry from Syracuse University and a Ph.D. in organic chemistry from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Following graduate school, Professor Williams served as a postdoctoral fellow at Harvard University. He has served as a visiting professor at the University of California, Berkeley in 1990 and at Harvard University from 1994 to 1995.

 

BOARD COMPOSITION

 

Our board of directors is currently comprised of seven directors and one vacancy. Following the closing of this offering, the board will be divided into three classes, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Dr. Langecker and Dr. Williams will be in the class of directors whose initial term expires at the 2004 annual meeting of stockholders. Drs. Deleage and Henner will be in the class of directors whose initial term expires at the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders. Directors Dr. Berenson, Dr. Curry and Mr. Nelsen will be in the class of directors whose initial term expires at the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders.

 

BOARD COMMITTEES

 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a pricing committee.

 

The audit committee currently consists of Dr. Deleage, Dr. Curry and Dr. Henner. The audit committee is responsible for assuring the integrity of our financial control, audit and reporting functions and reviews with our management and our independent auditors the effectiveness of our financial controls and accounting and reporting practices and procedures. In addition, the audit committee reviews the qualifications of our independent auditors, is responsible for their appointment, compensation, retention and oversight and reviews the scope, fees and results of activities related to audit and non-audit services. Prior to the formation of the audit committee, the full board of directors conducted the responsibilities of the audit committee, which met annually with representatives of our independent auditors, including in executive sessions where members of management were excused.

 

The pricing committee consists of Dr. Berenson, Dr. Deleage, Dr. Curry and Mr. Nelsen. The pricing committee is responsible for determining the terms of this initial public offering, including, but not limited to, determining the number of shares to be sold by us and the initial public offering price per share.

 

 


69


Table of Contents

Management


 

Effective upon this offering, the compensation committee will consist of Dr. Curry, Mr. Nelsen and Dr. Langecker. The compensation committee’s principal responsibility is to administer our stock plans and to set the salary and incentive compensation, including stock option grants, for our Chief Executive Officer and senior staff members.

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Our six outside directors are compensated with options to purchase our common stock. The only cash compensation they receive is reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings. In November 1996, Dr. Deleage and Dr. Williams were each awarded non-statutory options for 30,000 shares of our common stock. In November 1999, Dr. Langecker was awarded a non-statutory option for 30,000 shares of our common stock. These shares vest over a four-year period at a rate of 25% of the total number of shares one year after the date of grant, with the remaining shares vesting monthly in equal installments over the next 36 months. Directors who are our employees are eligible to participate in our 1996 Stock Option Plan and, effective at the closing of this offering, they will also be eligible to participate in our 2003 Stock Plan and 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Until the closing of this offering, directors who are not our employees have been eligible to participate in our 1996 Stock Option Plan. Effective at the closing of this offering, directors who are not our employees will be eligible to participate in our 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan as well as our 2003 Stock Plan, but will no longer be eligible to participate in our 1996 Stock Option Plan.

 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

 

Dr. Deleage, Mr. Nelsen, Dr. Curry and Dr. Berenson served on our compensation committee in 2002. During 2002, none of our executive officers served as a director or member of the compensation committee of any other entity that had any executive officer who served on our board of directors or on our compensation committee.

 

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the liability of our directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following acts:

 

Ø   breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

Ø   acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

Ø   unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

Ø   any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in such capacity, regardless of whether the Delaware General Corporation Law would a corporation to indemnify for such liability.

 

 


70


Table of Contents

Management


 

We have obtained directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for all of our directors, officers and employees for certain liabilities. In addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, indemnify our directors and executive officers for expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of them in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her services as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of ours, any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. At present, there is no litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers in which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table summarizes the compensation paid to, awarded to or earned during 2002 by our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose total salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for services rendered to us in all capacities during 2002. The executive officers listed in the table below are referred to in this prospectus as our named executive officers.

 

Summary compensation table

 

     Annual
compensation for
2002


   Long-term
compensation
securities
underlying
options


   All other
compensation ($)


 

Name and principal position(s)


   Salary ($)

   Bonus ($)

     

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.

    President and Chief Executive Officer

   239,276    25,051    —      595 (1)

Stewart Craig, Ph.D.

    Chief Operating Officer and Vice President

   205,714    51    —      527 (2)

Kathi Cordova, C.P.A.

    Senior Vice President of Finance and Treasurer

   139,588    74    —      391 (3)

Mark Frohlich, M.D

    Vice President and Medical Director

   172,183    16,043    —      534 (4)

Lewis Chapman

    Chief Business Officer

   100,403    40,051    —      312 (5)

(1)   Dr. Berenson received other compensation consisting of the payment of insurance premiums for group term life benefits in the amount of $595.
(2)   Dr. Craig received other compensation consisting of the payment of insurance premiums for group term life benefits in the amount of $527.
(3)   Ms. Cordova received other compensation consisting of the payment of insurance premiums for group term life benefits in the amount of $391.
(4)   Dr. Frohlich received other compensation consisting of the payment of insurance premiums for group term life benefits in the amount of $534.
(5)   Mr. Chapman received other compensation consisting of the payment of insurance premiums for group term life insurance in the amount of $312. Mr. Chapman’s employment with us ended in August 2003.

 

 


71


Table of Contents

Management


 

The following table provides summary information concerning the individual grants of stock options to each of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. The exercise price per share was valued by our board of directors on the date of grant, and each option was issued at estimated fair market value on the date of grant based upon the purchase price paid by investors for shares of our preferred stock, taking into account the liquidation preferences and other rights, privileges and preferences associated with such preferred stock.

 

Each option represents the right to purchase one share of our common stock. The options generally become vested over four years. See “Management—Employee benefit plans” for more details regarding these options. In 2002, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,960,998 shares of our common stock to various officers, employees, directors and others.

 

The potential realizable value at assumed annual rates of stock price appreciation for the option term represents hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the respective options if exercised at the end of the option term. SEC rules specify the 0%, 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compounded stock price appreciation, which do not represent our estimate or projection of our future common stock prices. These amounts represent assumed rates of appreciation in the value of our common stock from the initial public offering price (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share). Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises depend on the future performance of our common stock and overall stock market conditions. The amounts reflected in the table may not necessarily be achieved.

 

Option grants in fiscal year 2002(1)

 

Named executive officers


  Number of
securities
underlying
options
granted


  Percentage of
total options
granted to
employees (%)


  Exercise
price
per
share ($)


  Market price
of underlying
security on
grant date ($)


  Expiration
date


  Potential realizable
value at assumed
annual rates of stock
appreciation for
option term ($)


           
            0%

  5%

  10%

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.

  250,000   12.98   1.00       10/23/12            

Stewart Craig, Ph.D.

  200,000   10.38   1.00       01/30/12            

Mark Frohlich, M.D.

  160,000   8.30   1.00       01/30/12            

Kathi Cordova, C.P.A.

  80,000   4.15   1.00       01/30/12            

Lewis Chapman(2)

  400,000   20.76   1.00       07/23/12            

(1)   These options were granted under our 1996 Stock Option Plan and vest over a four-year period.
(2)   Mr. Chapman’s employment with us ended in August 2003. He currently holds options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, exercisable until November 2003.

 

 


72


Table of Contents

Management


 

The following table shows information as of December 31, 2002, concerning the number and value of exercised options and unexercised options held by each of our named executive officers. There was no public trading market for our common stock as of December 31, 2002. Accordingly, the value of the unexercised in-the-money options listed below has been calculated on the basis of the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, less the applicable exercise price per share multiplied by the number of shares underlying the options.

 

Aggregated option exercises during 2002 and year-end option values

 

     Shares
acquired
upon
exercise


   Value
realized($)


  

Number of securities
underlying unexercised
options at

December 31, 2002(#)


   Value of unexercised
in-the-money options at
December 31, 2002($)


Named executive officers


         Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.

  

  

  

158,333

  

241,667

         

Stewart Craig, Ph.D.

  

  

  

286,666

  

163,334

         

Mark Frohlich, M.D.

  

  

  

40,999

  

159,001

         

Kathi Cordova, C.P.A.

  

  

  

39,666

  

  65,334

         

Lewis Chapman(1)

  

  

  

—  

  

400,000

         

(1)   Mr. Chapman’s employment with us ended in August 2003. He currently holds options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, exercisable until November 2003.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

 

Ms. Black’s employment agreement, dated December 31, 2001, provides for at-will employment for an unspecified term. Under this agreement, Ms. Black is entitled to an annual base salary of $150,000 per year and an initial stock option grant for 50,000 shares of our common stock. This employment agreement also provides that Ms. Black will receive severance payments equal to three months of her then current base salary, paid ratably over a three-month period, and three months of continued health coverage if her employment is terminated other than for cause and she signs a standard release of any claims against us.

 

Mr. Chapman’s employment agreement, dated May 29, 2002, provides for at-will employment for an unspecified term. Under this agreement, Mr. Chapman is entitled to an annual base salary of $200,000 per year, an initial stock option grant for 400,000 shares of our common stock, a one-time signing bonus of $40,000 and a one-time home purchase bonus of $35,000. This employment agreement also provides that Mr. Chapman will receive severance payments equal to six months of his then current base salary, paid ratably over a six-month period, and six months of continued health coverage if his employment is terminated other than for cause and he signs a standard release of any claims against us. Mr. Chapman’s employment with us ended in August 2003, and we are currently making these severance payments to him.

 

Dr. Frohlich’s employment agreement, dated August 27, 2001, provides for at-will employment for an unspecified term. Under this agreement, Dr. Frohlich is entitled to an annual base salary of $170,000, an initial stock option grant for 40,000 shares of our common stock, a one-time signing bonus of $40,000 and a loan of $50,000 for a down payment of a principal residence. This employment agreement also provides that Dr. Frohlich will receive severance payments equal to three months of his then current base salary, paid ratably over a three-month period, and three months of continued health coverage if his employment is terminated other than for cause and he signs a standard release of any claims against us. In this event, Dr. Frohlich’s employment agreement provides that we will forgive up to $40,000 of the amount loaned to him for a down payment on a principal residence.

 

 


73


Table of Contents

Management


 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

2003 Stock Plan

 

Our 2003 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors in September 2003 and will be submitted for approval by our stockholders prior to completion of this offering. This plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to employees (including employee directors) and nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, directors and consultants. The purposes of this plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to our employees and consultants and to promote the success of our business. A total of 3.5 million shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance under this plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under this plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2005 and ending in 2010 by the lesser of:

 

Ø   600,000 shares;

 

Ø   4% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

Ø   any lesser number of shares that our board of directors determines.

 

All share numbers reflected in this plan summary, as well as the exercise price or purchase price applicable to outstanding options or purchase rights, will be automatically proportionately adjusted in the event we undertake certain changes in our capital structure, such as a stock split, stock dividend or other similar transaction.

 

The administrator of the plan is our board of directors or a committee of our board. In the case of options and stock purchase rights intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, in administering the plan, we intend to comply with other applicable legal and regulatory requirements as may apply from time to time, including any NASDAQ listing requirements. The administrator determines the terms of options and stock purchase rights granted under this plan, including the number of shares subject to the award, the exercise or purchase price and the vesting and/or exercisability of the award and any other conditions to which the award is subject. No employee, however, may receive awards for more than 1 million shares under this plan in any fiscal year. Incentive stock options granted under this plan must have an exercise price of at least 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Incentive stock options granted to an employee who holds more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of our stock or any parent or subsidiary’s stock cannot be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options and the purchase price of stock purchase rights will be the price determined by the administrator, although nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights granted to our Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated officers will generally equal at least 100% of the grant date fair market value if we intend that the awards to those individuals will qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Payment of the exercise or purchase price may be made in cash or any other consideration determined by the administrator.

 

The administrator will determine the term of options granted under this plan, which may not exceed 10 years, or 5 years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a holder of more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of our stock or a parent or subsidiary’s stock. Generally, an option

 

 


74


Table of Contents

Management


 

granted under this plan is nontransferable, other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee. However, the administrator may, in its discretion, provide for the limited transferability of nonstatutory stock options granted under this plan. We generally have the right to repurchase any stock issued pursuant to stock purchase rights granted under this plan upon the termination of the holder’s employment or consulting relationship with us for any reason, including death or disability. The repurchase price is the exercise price of the stock purchase right or the fair market value of the shares at the date of the repurchase, whichever is less. This repurchase right will lapse at such rate as the administrator may determine.

 

If we sell all or substantially all of our assets or if we are acquired by another corporation, each outstanding option and stock purchase right may be assumed or an equivalent award may be substituted by the successor corporation, with appropriate adjustments made to both the price and number of shares subject to the option or purchase right. If the successor does assume the outstanding options and purchase rights, the lesser of 25% of the shares subject to an option or initially subject to repurchase or the remaining unvested shares will vest immediately prior to the closing of the transaction, and, if the holder is “involuntarily terminated” within one year after the closing, the lesser of another 25% of the shares subject to the option or initially subject to repurchase or the remaining unvested shares will vest on termination. “Involuntary termination” includes termination by Xcyte without cause, a reduction in the optionholder’s base salary of more than 20% (except where there is a similar reduction in the base salaries of similarly situated employees) or relocation of the optionholder’s principal work site by more than 50 miles. If the successor corporation does not assume options and purchase rights or substitute equivalent options or purchase rights, then vesting of all shares subject to options will accelerate fully, all repurchase rights will lapse immediately prior to the closing of the transaction and options and purchase rights will terminate as of the closing of the transaction.

 

The administrator has authority to amend or terminate this plan, but no action may be taken that impairs the rights of any holder of an outstanding option or stock purchase right without the holder’s consent. In addition, we must obtain stockholder approval of amendments to the plan as required by applicable law. Unless terminated earlier by the board of directors, this plan will terminate in 2013.

 

1996 Stock Option Plan

 

Our 1996 Stock Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors in September 1996. As of September 30, 2003:

 

Ø   3,985,560 shares were issuable upon exercise of outstanding options granted under this option plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.81;

 

Ø   816,406 shares of common stock were issued upon exercise of options at purchase prices ranging between $0.10 and $1.00; and

 

Ø   1,611,367 shares of common stock remained available for future grants under this plan.

 

The board of directors amended this plan in September 2003 to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan by an additional 2 million to 6.4 million. The amended plan will be submitted to our stockholders for approval prior to completion of this offering. All share numbers reflected in this plan summary, as well as the exercise price or purchase price applicable to outstanding options or purchase rights, will be automatically proportionately adjusted in the event we make certain changes in our capital structure, such as a stock split, stock dividend or other similar transaction.

 

 


75


Table of Contents

Management


 

The terms of the awards under this plan are generally the same as the terms of the awards that may be issued under the 2003 Stock Plan, except for the following features:

 

Ø   only options can be granted under this plan;

 

Ø   stock options granted under this plan are nontransferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution; and

 

Ø   options granted to residents of California prior to the closing of this offering must meet certain specific requirements with respect to a minimum 20% vesting per year, a minimum post-termination exercise periods of 30 days in circumstances other than death or disability (and 6 months in the case of death or disability) and a minimum exercise price of 85% of fair market value for nonstatutory options.

 

If we sell all or substantially all of our assets, or if we are acquired by another corporation, each outstanding option may be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation, with appropriate adjustments made to both the price and number of shares subject to the option. If the successor does assume the outstanding options or substitutes equivalent options, 25% of the shares subject to each option that are unvested immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction will vest immediately prior to the closing of the transaction. If the successor corporation does not assume options or substitute equivalent options or a comparable cash incentive program based on the value of the options at the closing, then vesting of all shares subject to options will accelerate fully immediately prior to the closing of the transaction unless otherwise provided under an individual grant.

 

2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by the board of directors in September 2003 and will be submitted for approval by our stockholders prior to completion of this offering. A total of 600,000 shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance under this plan, none of which have been issued as of the date of this prospectus. The number of shares reserved for issuance under this plan will automatically increase on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning in 2005 and ending in 2010 and equal to the lesser of:

 

Ø   300,000 shares;

 

Ø   1% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

Ø   any lesser number of shares that our board of directors determines.

 

All share numbers reflected in this plan summary, as well as the exercise price or purchase price applicable to outstanding options or purchase rights, will be automatically proportionately adjusted in the event we make certain changes in our capital structure, such as a stock split, stock dividend or other similar transaction. If approved by our stockholders, this plan becomes effective upon the date of this offering. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, this plan terminates in 2023.

 

This plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, allows employees to purchase our common stock at a discount from the market price through payroll deductions. The plan will be implemented by a series of offering periods, each of which has a duration of approximately six months, commencing generally on May 1 and November 1 of each year. We expect the first offering period to commence on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and end on April 30, 2004. Each eligible employee will automatically be granted an option to participate in the plan and will be automatically enrolled in the first offering period. Payroll

 

 


76


Table of Contents

Management


 

deductions and continued participation in the initial offering period will not be determined until after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement, which we intend to file to register the shares reserved for issuance under this plan, as described below. At the end of each offering period, an automatic purchase will be made for participants.

 

Our board of directors, or a committee appointed by the board, will administer this plan. In addition, in administering the plan, we intend to comply with other applicable legal and regulatory requirements as may apply from time to time, including any NASDAQ listing requirements. Our employees, including officers and employee directors or employees of any majority-owned subsidiary designated by the board, are eligible to participate in this plan if they are customarily employed by us or any such subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months per year. The plan prohibits granting an option to an employee in the following circumstances:

 

Ø   where, immediately after the grant, the employee would own stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock equaling 5% or more of the total voting power or value of all classes of our stock or the stock of our subsidiaries; or

 

Ø   where the option would permit the employee to purchase stock under this plan at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of the stock per calendar year in which the option is outstanding.

 

This plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of an employee’s eligible cash compensation, which includes salary, bonuses and other wage payments made by us to the participants. A participant may purchase a maximum of 2,500 shares of our common stock under this plan in any one offering period.

 

Amounts deducted and accumulated by plan participants are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month offering period. The purchase price is equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of the offering period or at the end the offering period, whichever is less. Employees may end their participation in this plan at any time during an offering period, and participation ends automatically on termination of employment.

 

If we merge or consolidate with or into another corporation or sell all or substantially all of our assets, each right to purchase stock under this plan may be assumed, or an equivalent right substituted by the successor corporation. However, if the successor corporation refuses to assume each purchase right or to substitute an equivalent right, the board of directors will shorten any ongoing offering period so that employees’ rights to purchase stock under this plan are exercised prior to the transaction. Our board of directors may extend future offering periods to up to 27 months and may increase or decrease the maximum contribution rate of an employee’s eligible cash compensation. Our board of directors has the power to amend or terminate this plan as long as the action does not adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under the plan. However, our board of directors may amend or terminate this plan or an offering period even if it would adversely affect outstanding options in order to avoid our incurring adverse accounting charges or if the board of directors determines that termination of the plan or offering period is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. We must obtain stockholder approval for any amendment to the purchase plan to the extent required by law.

 

2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan

 

Our 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors in September 2003 and will be submitted for approval by our stockholders prior to completion of this offering. If approved by our stockholders, this plan will become effective on the effective date of the registration statement of

 

 


77


Table of Contents

Management


 

which this prospectus is a part. A total of 500,000 shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance under the this plan, all of which remain available for future grants as of the date of this prospectus. All share numbers reflected in this plan summary, as well as the exercise price or purchase price applicable to outstanding options or purchase rights, will be automatically proportionately adjusted in the event we make certain changes in our capital structure, such as a stock split, stock dividend or other similar transaction.

 

This plan is designed to work automatically, without administration. However, to the extent administration is necessary, it will be performed by our board of directors. It is expected that any conflicts of interest that may arise will be addressed by abstention of any interested director from both deliberations and voting regarding matters in which the director has a personal interest. Unless terminated earlier by the board of directors, this plan will terminate in 2013.

 

This plan provides that each person who becomes a non-employee director after the completion of this offering will be granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock on the date when the person first becomes a member of our board of directors. On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each of our nonemployee directors (including nonemployee directors who did not receive the 25,000 share grant described above) will be granted an option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock if, on that date, the director has served on our board of directors for at least six months. The exercise price of all stock options granted under this plan will be equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant of the option. This plan provides that one third of the total number of shares subject to each option granted to a new director will vest 12 months after the date of grant. Afterwards, the remaining shares will vest in equal monthly installments over the next two years so that the option will be fully vested after three years. Annual options granted to directors will vest in full on the day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the grant of the option.

 

All options granted under this plan will have a term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. If a non-employee director ceases to serve as a director for any reason other than death or disability, he or she may, within the 90 days after the date he or she ceases to be a director, exercise options that were vested as of the date of termination. If the former director does not exercise the option within this 90-day period, the option will terminate. If a director’s service terminates as a result of his or her disability or death, or if a director dies within three months following termination, the director or his or her estate may exercise options that were vested as of the date of termination or death at any time during the 12 months after the date of termination or death. Options granted under this plan are generally non-transferable by the option holder other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or to family members or family trusts or foundations. Generally, only the option holder or a permitted transferee may exercise the option during the lifetime of the option holder.

 

If we are acquired by another corporation, each option outstanding under this plan will be assumed or equivalent options will be substituted by our acquirer, unless our acquirer does not agree to this assumption or substitution. If our acquirer does not agree to assume the options or substitute them, the options will terminate upon consummation of the transaction to the extent not previously exercised. In connection with an acquisition, the vesting of each outstanding option will accelerate in full, and each director holding options under this plan will have the right to exercise his or her options immediately before the consummation of the acquisition as to all shares underlying the options. Our board of directors may amend or terminate this plan as long as doing so does not adversely affect any outstanding option and we obtain stockholder approval for any amendment to the extent required by applicable law.

 

 


78


Table of Contents

Management


 

401(k) plan

 

Effective February 1, 1997, we established a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, which covers all of our employees. This plan is intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by us to the plan, if any, will be deductible by us when made. Under this plan, eligible employees may elect to reduce their current compensation and defer their pre-tax earnings, subject to the Internal Revenue Service’s annual contribution limits. Deferral contributions are fully vested at all times. This plan permits, but does not require, discretionary matching contributions by a percentage amount that our board of directors may annually determine. The plan also permits additional discretionary contributions by us on behalf of all participants in the plan. These additional company contributions vest 25% per year of service and will be fully vested after four years of service. The trustee under the plan invests an employee’s account balance under the plan in accordance with the employee’s written direction. To the extent an employee directs the investment of his or her account balance under the plan, the Employment Retirement Income Security Act relieves the trustee from liability for any loss resulting from the employee’s direction of the investment.

 

 


79


Table of Contents

 


 

 

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

Since our inception, we have engaged in transactions with our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities and their respective affiliates. The following table summarizes the shares of our stock purchased by our executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders and persons and entities associated with them in private placement transactions. Each share of each series of preferred stock converts automatically upon closing of this offering into one share of common stock.

 

Investor(1)


  

Common

stock


  

Series A

preferred

stock


  

Series B

preferred

stock


  

Series C

preferred

stock


  

Series D

preferred

stock


  

Series E

preferred

stock


   Series F
preferred
stock


Directors and executive officers

                                  

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.(2)

   2,373,256    57,895    —      —      —      —      —  

Robert M. Williams, Ph.D.

   200,000    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Entities affiliated with directors

                                  

Alta Partners(3)

   —      1,894,737    805,281    971,331    584,547    351,677    8,035

ARCH Venture Partners(4)

   —      789,469    2,045,454    1,119,265    1,321,942    935,251    899,104

Sprout Group(5)

   —      2,631,579    545,454    1,142,937    323,741    356,079    3,634

MPM Capital(6)

   483,453    —      —      —      4,316,547    719,424    —  

Five percent stockholders

                                  

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.(2)

   2,373,256    57,895    —      —      —      —      —  

Alta Partners(3)

   —      1,894,737    805,281    971,331    584,547    351,677    8,035

ARCH Venture Partners(4)

   —      789,469    2,045,454    1,119,265    1,321,942    935,251    899,104

Sprout Group(5)

   —      2,631,579    545,454    1,142,937    323,741    356,079    3,634

MPM Capital(6)

   483,453    —      —      —      4,316,547    719,424    —  

W Capital Partners Ironworks, L.P. 

   —      —      —      1,796,410    286,022    301,601    —  

Vector Fund

   —      —      —      —      719,425    —      1,114,889

Vulcan Ventures

   80,575    —      —      598,802    719,424    719,424    —  

(1)   See “Principal stockholders” for more details on shares held by these purchasers.
(2)   Includes shares held in trust.
(3)   Dr. Deleage is managing director of Alta Partners.
(4)   Mr. Nelsen is a managing director of entities affiliated with ARCH Venture Partners. Excludes shares held by ARCH Development Corporation, which was previously affiliated with ARCH Venture Partners.
(5)   Dr. Curry is a consultant of Sprout Group.
(6)   Dr. Henner is a general partner of MPM Capital.

 

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and preferred stock issuable pursuant to warrants granted to 5% stockholders, directors, executive officers and entities affiliated with our executive officers and directors in private placement transactions:

 

Investor(1)


  

Shares of common
stock underlying

warrants


   Shares of Series A
preferred stock
underlying
warrants


Alta Partners(2)

   261,312    —  

ARCH Venture Partners(3)

   1,146,760    276,307

Sprout Group(4)

   232,101    —  

MPM Asset Management LLC(5)

   391,686    —  

W Capital Partners Ironworks, L.P. 

   196,239    —  

Vector Fund

   687,570    —  

Vulcan Ventures

   391,686    —  

(1)   See “Principal stockholders” for more details on shares held by these purchasers.
(2)   Dr. Deleage is managing director of Alta Partners.
(3)   Mr. Nelsen is a managing director of entities affiliated with ARCH Venture Partners. Excludes shares held by ARCH Development Corporation, which was previously affiliated with ARCH Venture Partners.
(4)   Dr. Curry is a consultant of Sprout Group.
(5)   Dr. Henner is a general partner of MPM Capital.

 

 


80


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


 

In July 1999, we entered into a License Agreement with Genecraft, Inc., or Genecraft, of which Dr. Jeffrey Ledbetter, our former Chief Scientific Officer and one of our scientific founders, is a principal founder. Under this agreement, we granted an exclusive sublicense to Genecraft for the rights to several pending patent applications that we are not using in the field of in vivo activation of T cells.

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors containing provisions which require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as officers or directors (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct) and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. See “Management— Limitation on liability and indemnification of officers and directors.”

 

We maintain key person life insurance, under which we are the beneficiary, on Dr. Berenson in the amount of $2 million.

 

In connection with our acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of CellGenEx, Inc., we reserved an aggregate of 1,582,340 shares of our common stock in a milestone pool, or a Milestone Pool, for issuance to our scientific founders, Drs. Jeffrey Bluestone, Carl June, Jeffrey Ledbetter and Craig Thompson, upon the achievement of scientific milestones determined by a milestone committee. In February 2001, we entered into a settlement agreement with each of Drs. Bluestone, June and Thompson to terminate the Milestone Pool and no option grants were made pursuant to the Milestone Pool. In addition, we entered into a consulting agreement with each of Drs. Bluestone, June and Thompson under which each agreed to consult with us and to continue to serve on our Scientific Advisory Board. In exchange for these services, each consultant was awarded a non-statutory stock option for 125,000 shares of our common stock. Forty percent of these shares vested upon the execution of the consulting agreement and  1/48 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest each following month. Dr. Ledbetter, our former Chief Scientific Officer, waived his rights to the Milestone Pool in connection with his resignation in March 1999.

 

Dr. Frohlich’s employment agreement, dated August 27, 2001, provides that we will forgive over the next two years up to $40,000 in loans made to him by the Company in connection with commencement of his employment.

 

James R. Berenson, M.D., a brother of our President and Chief Executive Officer, has acted as and will continue to act as, a principal investigator for some of our clinical trials run by a site management organization called Oncotherapeutics.

 

 


81


Table of Contents

 

Principal stockholders

 

The following table shows information known to us with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2003, as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock offered by:

 

Ø   each of our directors;

 

Ø   each named executive officer;

 

Ø   each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock; and

 

Ø   all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership and percentage ownership are determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock underlying options and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2003 are considered to be outstanding. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to the following table and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

The following table reflects the conversion of all shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2003 into an aggregate of 37,300,234 shares of our common stock which will become effective at the closing of this offering. This table is based on 45,702,870 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2003 and              shares outstanding immediately after this offering. The address for those individuals for which an address is not otherwise indicated is: c/o Xcyte Therapies, Inc., 1124 Columbia Street, Suite 130, Seattle, Washington 98104.

 


 

82


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders


 

Name and address of beneficial owner


  

Number of

shares

beneficially
owned(1)


  

Number of shares

underlying options

or warrants


   Percent of shares
beneficially owned


         Before
this
offering


    After
this
offering


Directors and named executive officers

                    

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.(2)

   2,431,151    212,499    5.8 %           %

Stewart Craig, Ph.D.

   —      326,666    *      

Mark Frohlich, M.D.

   —      86,165    *      

Kathi L. Cordova, C.P.A.(3)

   75,000    57,666    *      

Jean Deleage, Ph.D.(4)

   4,615,608    291,312    10.7      

c/o Alta Partners

One Embarcadero Center

Suite 4050

San Francisco, CA 94111

                    

Peter Langecker, M.D., Ph.D.

   —      30,000    *      

Robert T. Nelsen(5)

   7,110,485    1,423,067    18.6      

c/o ARCH Venture Partners

8725 W. Higgins Road, Suite 290

Chicago, IL 60631

                    

Robert E. Curry, Ph.D.(6)

   5,003,424    232,101    11.4      

c/o the Sprout Group

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 1, Suite 170

Menlo Park, CA 94025

                    

Dennis Henner, Ph.D.(7)

   5,519,424    391,686    12.8      

c/o MPM Asset Management LLC

111 Huntington Avenue

31st Floor

Boston, MA 02199

                    

Robert M. Williams, Ph.D.

   200,000    30,000    *      

Joanna S. Black, J.D.

   —      43,749    *      

Mark L. Bonyhadi, Ph.D.

   —      70,333    *      

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)

   24,955,092    4,196,553    58.4      

Five percent stockholders

                    

Alta Partners(4)

   4,615,608    291,312    10.7      

One Embarcadero Center

Suite 4050

San Francisco, CA 94111

                    

Arch Venture Partners(5)

   7,110,485    1,423,067    18.6      

8725 W. Higgins Road, Suite 290

Chicago, IL 60631

                    

Sprout Group(6)

   5,003,424    232,101    11.4      

c/o the Sprout Group

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 1, Suite 170

Menlo Park, CA 94025

                    

MPM Capital(7)

   5,519,424    391,686    12.8      

c/o MPM Asset Management LLC

111 Huntington Avenue

31st Floor

Boston, MA 02199

                    

W Capital Partners Ironworks, L.P.(8)

   2,384,033    196,239    5.6      

245 Park Avenue

39th Floor

New York, NY 10167

                    

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.(2)

   2,431,151    212,499    5.8      

Vector Fund(9)

   1,834,314    687,570    5.4      

1751 Lake Cook Road

Suite 350

Deerfield, IL 60015

                    

Vulcan Ventures(10)

   2,118,225    391,686    5.4      

505 Orion Station

505 Fifth Avenue South

Suite 900

Seattle, WA 98104

                    

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

 


83


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders


 

(1)   Shares of preferred stock are shown on an as-converted basis.
(2)   Includes 2,162,282 shares of common stock, 174,054 of which are subject to repurchase, and 57,895 shares of Series A preferred stock held by Dr. Berenson; and 210,974 shares of common stock held by the Irrevocable Intervivos Trust Agreement of Ronald J. Berenson and Cheryl L. Berenson.
(3)   Includes 75,000 shares of common stock.
(4)   Includes 1,840,086 shares of Series A preferred stock, 787,294 shares of Series B preferred stock, 949,635 shares of Series C preferred stock, 571,491 shares of Series D preferred stock and 351,677 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Alta California Partners, L.P.; 255,475 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held
    by Alta California Partners, L.P.; 54,651 shares of Series A preferred stock, 17,987 shares of Series B preferred stock, 21,696 shares of Series C preferred stock, 13,056 shares of Series D preferred stock and 8,035 shares of Series F preferred stock held by Alta Embarcadero Partners, L.L.C.; 5,837 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by Alta Embarcadero Partners, L.L.C.; and 30,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable options held by Dr. Deleage within 60 days of February 7, 2002, none of which are subject to a repurchase right. Dr. Deleage is a general partner of each of these partnerships, shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by each of these entities and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares in which he has no pecuniary interest.
(5)   Includes 631,579 shares of Series A preferred stock and 363,636 shares of Series B preferred stock held by ARCH Venture Fund II, L.P.; 157,890 shares of Series A preferred stock, 1,681,818 shares of Series B preferred stock, 1,119,265 shares of Series C preferred stock, 1,321,942 shares of Series D preferred stock, 935,251 shares of Series E preferred stock and 276,307 shares of Series A preferred stock and 657,248 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by ARCH Venture Fund III, L.P.; and 899,104 shares of Series F preferred stock and 489,512 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by Healthcare Focus Fund, L.P. Excludes shares held by ARCH Development Corporation, which was previously affiliated with ARCH Venture Corporation. Mr. Nelsen is a managing director of the general partner of the general partner of the general partner of ARCH Venture Fund II, L.P. Mr. Nelsen is a managing director of the general partner of ARCH Venture Fund III, L.P. Mr. Nelsen is a managing director of the general partner of the general partner of the Healthcare Focus Fund, L.P. Mr. Nelsen shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by each of these entities and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares in which he has no pecuniary interest.
(6)   Includes 52,632 shares of Series A preferred stock, 10,909 shares of Series B preferred stock, 22,859 shares of Series C preferred stock, 6,475 shares of Series D preferred stock and 7,194 shares of Series E preferred stock held by DLJ Capital Corporation; 4,642 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by DLJ Capital Corporation; 263,158 shares of Series A preferred stock, 54,545 shares of Series B preferred stock, 114,294 shares of Series C preferred stock, 32,374 shares of Series D preferred stock and 35,971 shares of Series E preferred stock held by DLJ First ESC, L.P.; 23,209 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by DLJ First ESC, L.P.; 2,289,197 shares of Series A preferred stock, 474,488 shares of Series B preferred stock, 994,235 shares of Series C preferred stock, 281,622 shares of Series D preferred stock and 312,914 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Sprout Capital VII, L.P.; 201,905 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by Sprout Capital VII, L.P.; 26,592 shares of Series A preferred stock, 5,512 shares of Series B preferred stock, 11,549 shares of Series C preferred stock, 3,270 shares of Series D preferred stock and 3,634 shares of Series F preferred stock held by the Sprout CEO Fund, L.P.; and 2,345 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by the Sprout CEO Fund, L.P. Dr. Curry is a general partner of each of these partnerships, shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by of these entities and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares in which he has no pecuniary interest.
(7)   Includes 7,494 shares of common stock, 66,906 shares of Series D preferred stock and 11,151 shares of Series E preferred stock held by MPM Asset Management Investors 2000 B, LLC; 6,071 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by MPM Asset Management Investors 2000 B, LLC; 114,578 shares of common stock, 1,023,022 shares of Series D preferred stock and 170,504 shares of Series E preferred stock held by MPM Bioventures GMBH & Co. Parallel-Beteiligungs KG; 92,830 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by MPM Bioventures GMBH & Co. Parallel-Beteiligungs KG.; 35,921 shares of common stock, 320,719 shares of Series D preferred stock and 53,453 shares of Series E preferred stock held by MPM Bioventures II, L.P.; 29,102 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by MPM Bioventures II, L.P.; 325,460 shares of common stock, 2,905,900 shares of Series D preferred stock and 484,316 shares of Series E preferred stock held by MPM Bioventures II-QP, L.P.; and 263,683 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by MPM Bioventures II-QP, L.P. Dr. Henner is a general partner of each of these partnerships, shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by each of these entities and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares in which he has no pecuniary interest.
(8)   Includes 1,796,410 shares of Series C preferred stock, 286,022 shares of Series D preferred stock and 301,601 shares of Series E preferred stock held by W Capital Partners Ironworks, L.P, and 196,239 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by W Capital Partners Ironworks, L.P.
(9)   Includes 539,569 shares of Series D preferred stock, 809,194 shares of Series F preferred stock and 500,992 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by Vector Later-Stage Equity Fund II (QP) LP.; 179,856 shares of Series D preferred stock, 269,731 shares of Series F preferred stock and 166,998 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by Vector Later-Stage Equity Fund II LP.; and 35,964 shares of Series F preferred stock and 19,580 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by Palivacinni Partners, LLC.
(10)   Includes 80,575 shares of common stock, 598,802 shares of Series C preferred stock, 719,424 shares of Series D preferred stock and 719,424 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Vulcan Ventures, Inc.; and 391,686 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held by Vulcan Ventures, Inc.

 

 

 


84


Table of Contents

 

Description of capital stock

 

GENERAL

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, authorizes the issuance of up to 100 million shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. The rights and preferences of the preferred stock may be established from time to time by our board of directors. As of September 30, 2003, 8,402,636 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding and 37,300,234 shares of preferred stock convertible into 37,300,234 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering were issued and outstanding. As of September 30, 2003, we had 79 common stockholders of record and 44 preferred stockholders of record.

 

Immediately after the closing of this offering, we will have approximately              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of options to acquire 3,985,560 additional shares of common stock or warrants to purchase 256,353 shares of preferred stock convertible into 256,353 shares of common stock that are outstanding as of September 30, 2003.

 

The description below gives effect to the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

COMMON STOCK

 

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders and there are no cumulative voting rights. Subject to preferences to which holders of preferred stock issued after the sale of the common stock being offered may be entitled, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, that may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share in our assets remaining after the payment of liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, when issued and paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may designate in the future.

 

PREFERRED STOCK

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without stockholder approval, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of 5 million shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Each series of preferred stock will have the rights and preferences, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as our board of directors determines. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that holders of our common stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of

 


 

85


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

WARRANTS

 

As of September 30, 2003, the following warrants were outstanding:

 

Ø   warrants that expire between July 2006 and February 2009 to purchase an aggregate of 256,353 shares of our preferred stock convertible into 256,353 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

Ø   warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering to purchase an aggregate of 471,959 shares of our preferred stock; and

 

Ø   warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering to purchase an aggregate of 4,990,344 shares of our common stock.

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

We and the holders of our preferred stock, certain holders of warrants to purchase our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock entered into an investor rights agreement, dated May 25, 2000, as amended on August 8, 2000, October 18, 2000, November 13, 2001, February 5, 2002, May 22, 2002 and August 9, 2003. This investors rights agreement provides these holders with customary demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock held by them and common stock to be issued upon conversion or exercise of preferred stock and warrants held by them. In addition, the holders of our preferred stock are entitled to receive quarterly and annual financial statements, subject to certain conditions and limitations.

 

Demand registration

 

According to the terms of the investor rights agreement the holders of 44,099,397 shares of our common stock or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock have the right to require us to register their shares with the SEC for resale to the public. To demand such a registration, holders who hold together an aggregate of at least 50% of the shares having registration rights must request a registration statement to register shares for an aggregate offering price of at least $10 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. We are not required to effect more than two demand registrations. We have currently not effected, or received a request for, any demand registrations. We may defer the filing of a demand registration statement for a period of up to 90 days once in any 12-month period.

 

Piggyback registration

 

If we file a registration statement for a public offering of any of our securities solely for cash, other than a registration statement relating solely to our stock plans, the holders of demand registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement.

 

Form S-3 registration

 

At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, holders of shares of common stock having demand and piggyback registration rights may require us to file a Form S-3 registration statement. We are obligated to file only one Form S-3 registration statement in any six-month period. Furthermore, the aggregate offering proceeds of the requested Form S-3 registration, before deducting underwriting discounts and expenses, must be at least $500,000. We may defer one registration request for 120 days in any 12-month period.

 


 

86


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares of common stock to be included in the registration. We are generally required to bear the expenses of all registrations, except underwriting discounts and commissions. However, we will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the holders of a majority of the securities to be registered. The investors rights agreement also contains our commitment to indemnify the holders of registration rights for losses attributable to statements or omissions by us incurred with registrations under the agreement. The registration rights terminate five years after the closing of this offering.

 

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF OUR AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS AND DELAWARE AND WASHINGTON LAW

 

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of us. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Our amended and restated bylaws and certificate of incorporation eliminate the right of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders or to act by written consent without a meeting and require advance notice for stockholder proposals and director nominations, which may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. The authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of us. In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to certain exceptions, generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder, unless:

 

Ø   prior to the business combination, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

Ø   upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding:

 

  Ø   shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers; and

 

  Ø   shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

Ø   at or after the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is:

 

  Ø   approved by our board of directors; and

 

  Ø   authorized at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

In general, the Delaware General Corporation Law defines an interested stockholder to be an entity or person that beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or any entity or person that is an affiliate or associate of such entity or person.

 


 

87


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

The   Delaware General Corporation Law generally defines business combination to include the following:

 

Ø   any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

Ø   any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation or its majority-owned subsidiary that involves interested stockholder;

 

Ø   subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

Ø   subject to certain exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation; and

 

Ø   the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

The laws of the State of Washington, where our principal executive offices are located, impose restrictions on certain transactions between certain foreign corporations and significant stockholders. Chapter 23B.19 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, or the WBCA, generally prohibits a target corporation, with certain exceptions, from engaging in certain significant business transactions with an acquiring person for a period of five years after the acquiring person first became an acquiring person, unless the transaction or the purchase of shares by the acquiring person is approved by a majority of the members of the target corporation’s board of directors prior to the time the acquiring person first became an acquiring person. An acquiring person is generally a person or group of persons who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting securities of the target corporation. Prohibited transactions include, among other things:

 

Ø   the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation;

 

Ø   a merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person;

 

Ø   termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a result of the acquiring person’s acquisition of 10% or more of the shares of the target corporation; and

 

Ø   allowing the acquiring person to receive disproportionate benefit as a stockholder;

 

After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place as long as it complies with certain fair price provisions of the statute. A target corporation includes a foreign corporation if:

 

Ø   the corporation has a class of voting shares registered pursuant to Section 12 or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

 

Ø   the corporation’s principal executive office is located in Washington;

 

Ø   the corporation has either:

 

  Ø   more than 10% of its stockholders of record resident in Washington;

 

  Ø   more than 10% of its shares owned of record by Washington residents; or

 

  Ø   1,000 or more stockholders of record resident in Washington;

 


 

88


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

Ø   a majority of the corporation’s employees are Washington residents or more than 1,000 Washington residents are employees of the corporation; and

 

Ø   a majority of the corporation’s tangible assets are located in Washington or the corporation has more than $50 million of tangible assets located in Washington.

 

Because a corporation may not opt out of this statute, we anticipate this statute will apply to us. Depending on whether we meet the definition of a target corporation, Chapter 23B.19 of the WBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us.

 

NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET LISTING

 

We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “XCYT.”

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company. Its address is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10038, and its telephone number is (212) 936-5100.

 

 


 

89


Table of Contents

 

Shares eligible for future sale

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

 

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2003, we will have approximately     shares of our common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering (approximately     shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full). Of those shares, the     shares of common stock sold in this offering (     shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) will be freely transferable without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining     shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, which are “restricted securities” under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, or Rule 144, as well as any other shares held by our affiliates, may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an applicable exemption from registration, including an exemption under Rule 144.

 

All of our officers, directors and security holders holding over             % of our outstanding common stock shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have generally agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer or sell any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC. See “Underwriting.”

 

After the offering, the holders of              shares of our common stock (including              shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants) will be entitled to registration rights. For more information on these registration rights, see “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, an affiliate of ours who beneficially owns shares of our common stock that are not restricted securities, or a person who beneficially owns for more than one year shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, may generally sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

Ø   1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and

 

Ø   the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market during the four preceding calendar weeks.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements with respect to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Generally, a person who was not our affiliate at any time during the three months before the sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock that are restricted securities for at least two years, may sell those shares without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, notice requirements or the requirements with respect to availability of current public information about us.

 

Generally, an employee, officer, director or consultant who purchased shares of our common stock before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, or who holds options as of that date, pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract may rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Under Rule 701, these persons who are not our affiliates may generally sell their eligible securities, commencing 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, without having to comply with the public information,

 

 


90


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale


 

holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. These persons who are our affiliates may generally sell their eligible securities under Rule 701, commencing 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, without having to comply with Rule 144’s one-year holding period restriction.

 

Neither Rule 144 nor Rule 701 supersedes the contractual obligations of our security holders set forth in the lock-up agreements described above.

 

The              shares of our common stock that were outstanding on September 30, 2003 will, assuming conversion of our preferred stock in connection with this initial public offering pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, become eligible for sale without registration approximately as follows:

 

Ø                shares of common stock will be immediately eligible for sale in the public market without restriction;

 

Ø                shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market under Rule 144 or Rule 701, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under those rules; and

 

Ø   the remaining              shares of common stock will become eligible under Rule 144 for sale in the public market from time to time after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part upon expiration of their respective holding periods.

 

The above does not take into consideration the effect of the lock-up agreements described above.

 

STOCK OPTIONS

 

We have reserved an aggregate of 6.4 million shares of our common stock for issuance under our 1996 Stock Option Plan, 3.5 million shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2003 Stock Plan, 500,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan and 600,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. As of September 30, 2003, we had outstanding options under our 1996 Stock Option Plan to purchase 3,985,560 shares of our common stock. We intend to register the shares subject to these plans and the options on a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-8 following this offering. Subject to the lock-up agreements, the restrictions imposed under the 1996 Stock Option Plan, the 2003 Stock Plan, the 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan, the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related option agreements, shares of common stock issued under these plans or agreements after the effective date of any registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market without restriction to the extent that they are held by persons who are not our affiliates.

 

 


91


Table of Contents

 

Underwriting

 

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffrey Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are the representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriters    Number of
shares

UBS Securities LLC

    

U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc

    

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

    
    

Total

    
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

Ø   receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

 

Ø   the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters intend to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

 

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

 

Over-allotment option

 

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of                  additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

 

Commissions and discounts

 

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. Upon execution

 

 


92


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms. The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect discretionary sales to exceed     % of the shares of common stock to be offered.

 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                  shares.

 


  No exercise

  Full exercise

Per share

  $                $             

Total

  $     $  

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately                     .

 

No sales of similar securities

 

We, our executive officers and directors and substantially all existing stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC, offer, sell, contact to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, UBS Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

Nasdaq National Market quotation

 

We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “XCYT.”

 

Price stabilization, short positions

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:

 

Ø   stabilizing transactions;

 

Ø   short sales;

 

Ø   purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

Ø   imposition of penalty bids; and

 

Ø   syndicate covering transactions.

 

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Underwriting


 

a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock in the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount.

 

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

 

Naked short sales are in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

 

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher that the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation by us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

Ø   the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to representatives;

 

Ø   our history and prospects and the history and prospects of the industry in which we compete;

 

Ø   our past and present financial performance and an assessment of our management;

 

Ø   our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

Ø   the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

Ø   the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

Ø   other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

At our request, certain of the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families at the initial offering price. The sales will be made by UBS Warburg LLC through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. These persons must commit to purchase no later than the close of business on the day following the date of this prospectus. Any employees or other persons purchasing such reserved shares will be prohibited from disposing of or hedging such shares for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents

Underwriting


 

The underwriters and their affiliates have provided and may provide certain commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services for us for which they receive customary fees.

 

The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage in transactions with us and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.

 

 


95


Table of Contents

 

Legal matters

 

The validity of the common stock we are offering will be passed upon for us by Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe LLP, Seattle, Washington. Dewey Ballantine LLP, East Palo Alto, California, is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering. Investment partnerships associated with Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe LLP and individual attorneys of Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe LLP beneficially own an aggregate of 16,188 shares of our Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,812 shares of our common stock. These shares of Series D preferred stock will convert into 16,188 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering.

 

Experts

 

The financial statements of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an emphasis paragraph describing conditions that adversely affect the Company’s liquidity as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

Where you can find more information

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to the exhibits to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

 

You may read and copy the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, which is located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s Internet website. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

We maintain an Internet website at www.xcytetherapies.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus the information on our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

 


96


Table of Contents

Where you can find more information


 

This prospectus includes statistical data that were obtained from industry publications. These industry publications generally indicate that the authors of these publications have obtained information from sources believed to be reliable but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. While we believe these industry publications to be reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

 

 

 


97


Table of Contents

 

Index to financial statements


 

     Page

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors

   F-2

Balance sheets

   F-3

Statements of operations

   F-4

Statements of changes in stockholders’ deficit

   F-5

Statements of cash flows

   F-7

Notes to financial statements

   F-8

 

 


 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

The Board of Directors

Xcyte Therapies, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company) (the Company) as of December 31, 2001 and 2002, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Since the date of completion of our audit of the accompanying financial statements and initial issuance of our report thereon dated April 25, 2003, the Company, as discussed in Note 14, has experienced a decrease in its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments and continues to incur substantial operating losses that adversely affect the Company’s current results of operations and liquidity. Note 14 describes management’s plans to address these issues.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company) at December 31, 2001 and 2002, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

As described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has restated its balance sheets as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 and its statements of operations and stockholders’ deficit for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002.

 

         /s/    Ernst & Young LLP

 

Seattle, Washington

April 25, 2003,

except for the second and fourth paragraphs of Note 1 and Note 13,

as to which the date is October 9, 2003

 


 

F-2


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

     December 31,

         

Pro forma
stockholders’
equity at
June 30,

2003

(Note 13)


 
     2001     2002    

June 30,

2003

   

     (restated)     (restated)     (unaudited)  

Assets

                                

Current assets:

                                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 21,098     $ 3,728     $ 1,918          

Short-term investments

     —         13,616       6,974          

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     349       699       494          
    


 


 


       

Total current assets

     21,447       18,043       9,386          

Property and equipment, net

     2,303       2,613       2,469          

Deposits and other assets

     977       879       840          
    


 


 


       

Total assets

   $ 24,727     $ 21,535     $ 12,695          
    


 


 


       

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

                                

Current liabilities:

                                

Accounts payable

   $ 1,023     $ 595     $ 728          

Accrued compensation and related benefits

     387       339       361          

Other accrued liabilities

     259       721       241          

Current portion of equipment financings

     643       818       804          
    


 


 


       

Total current liabilities

     2,312       2,473       2,134          

Equipment financings, less current portion

     738       1,052       960          

Other liabilities

     308       462       517          

Commitments and contingencies

                                

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share

Issued and outstanding—32,809,142, 37,253,393 and 37,300,234 shares as of December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002 and June 30, 2003, respectively (no shares, pro forma); aggregate preference in liquidation—$76,475 and $76,520 at December 31, 2002 and June 30, 2003, respectively

  

 

56,552

 

 

 

64,540

 

 

 

64,604

 

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,077       1,133       1,069          

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

                                

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share

                                

Authorized—42,000,000 shares (5,000,000 shares, pro forma)

Designated redeemable and convertible—41,909,976 (issued and outstanding—none, pro forma)

     —         —         —         —    

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

Authorized—70,000,000 shares (100,000,000 shares, pro forma)

Issued and outstanding—7,437,380, 8,381,539 and 8,402,636 shares at December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002 and June 30, 2003, respectively (45,702,870 shares, pro forma)

     7       8       8       46  

Additional paid-in capital

     14,482       21,881       21,963       87,598  

Deferred stock compensation

     (2,064 )     (1,880 )     (1,236 )     (1,236 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —         4       3       3  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (48,685 )     (68,138 )     (77,327 )     (77,327 )
    


 


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (36,260 )     (48,125 )     (56,589 )   $ 9,084  
    


 


 


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 24,727     $ 21,535     $ 12,695          
    


 


 


       

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 


 

F-3


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Year ended December 31,

   

Six months ended

June 30,


   

Period from
inception
(January 5,
1996) to

June 30,
2003

 
    2000     2001     2002     2002     2003    

Revenue:   (restated)     (restated)     (restated)     (unaudited)           (unaudited)  

License fee

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 100  

Collaborative agreement

    —         —         —         —         72       72  

Government grant

    98       30       —         —         —         144  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    98       30       —         —         72       316  

Operating expense:

                                               

Research and development

    11,257       14,701       14,663       7,651       7,029       60,169  

General and administrative

    2,403       5,204       4,979       2,883       2,194       19,323  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expense

    13,660       19,905       19,642       10,534       9,223       79,492  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Loss from operations

    (13,562 )     (19,875 )     (19,642 )     (10,534 )     (9,151 )     (79,176 )

Other income (expense):

                                               

Interest income

    868       698       467       247       94       3,417  

Interest expense

    (247 )     (260 )     (267 )     (123 )     (131 )     (1,373 )

Loss on sale of equipment

    —         (75 )     (11 )     (2 )     (1 )     (195 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


Other income, net

    621       363       189       122       (38 )     1,849  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss

    (12,941 )     (19,512 )     (19,453 )     (10,412 )     (9,189 )     (77,327 )

Accretion of preferred stock

    —         (8,411 )     (8,001 )     (8,001 )     —         (16,412 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss applicable to common stockholders

  $ (12,941 )   $ (27,923 )   $ (27,454 )   $ (18,413 )   $ (9,189 )   $ (93,739 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss per
common share

  $ (2.16 )   $ (4.03 )   $ (3.52 )   $ (2.45 )   $ (1.13 )        
   


 


 


 


 


       

Shares used in computation of
basic and diluted net loss per common share

    6,002,557       6,935,989       7,808,653       7,523,096       8,143,609          
   


 


 


 


 


       

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 


 

F-4


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share data)

    Common stock

    Additional
paid-in
capital


    Deferred
stock
compensation


    Deficit
accumulated
during the
development
stage


    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss


    Total


 

  Shares

    Amount

           
                    (restated )                             (restated )

Common stock issued upon incorporation (unaudited)

  3,374,634     $ 3     $ —       $ —       $ —       $   —       $ 3  

Deferred stock-based compensation (unaudited)

  —         —         7       (7 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited)

  —         —         —         2       —         —         2  

Common stock issued for technology license (unaudited)

  198,609       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss (unaudited)

          —         —         —         (551 )     —         (551 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 1996 (unaudited)

  3,573,243       3       7       (5 )     (551 )     —         (546 )

Common stock repurchases (unaudited)

  (635,000 )     (1 )     —         —         —         —         (1 )

Common stock issued in acquisition (unaudited)

  2,999,910       3       327       —         —         —         330  

Deferred stock-based compensation (unaudited)

  —         —         9       (9 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited)

  —         —         —         4       —         —         4  

Common stock issued for technology license (unaudited)

  407,198       1       —         —         —         —         1  

Stock options exercised (unaudited)

  12,750       —         1       —         —         —         1  

Net loss (unaudited)

  —         —         —         —         (3,288 )     —         (3,288 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 1997 (unaudited)

  6,358,101       6       344       (10 )     (3,839 )     —         (3,499 )

Repurchase of founder’s stock (unaudited)

  (88,542 )     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Stock options exercised (unaudited)

  250       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Deferred stock-based compensation (unaudited)

  —         —         8       (8 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited)

  —         —         —         6       —         —         6  

Net loss (unaudited)

  —         —         —         —         (5,446 )     —         (5,446 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 1998 (unaudited)

  6,269,809       6       352       (12 )     (9,285 )     —         (8,939 )

Common stock returned for technology license termination

  (400,000 )     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Common stock issued for technology license

  20,000       —         2       —         —         —         2  

Deferred stock-based compensation

  —         —         720       (720 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation

  —         —         —         93       —         —         93  

Stock options exercised

  53,770       —         5       —         —         —         5  

Change in unrealized loss on investments

  —         —         —         —         —         (18 )     (18 )

Net loss

  —         —         —         —         (6,947 )     —         (6,947 )
                                                 


Comprehensive loss

  —         —         —         —         —         —         (6,965 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 1999

  5,943,579       6       1,079       (639 )     (16,232 )     (18 )     (15,804 )

Common stock issued for technology license

  150,000       —         744       —         —         —         744  

Issuance of common stock warrants

  —                 2,716       —         —         —         2,716  

Deferred stock-based compensation

  —         —         1,988       (1,988 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation

  —         —         —         770       —         —         770  

Remeasurement and issuance of stock options in exchange for consulting services

  —         —         112       —         —         —         112  

Stock options exercised

  709,149       1       227       —         —         —         228  

Change in unrealized loss on investments

  —         —         —         —         —         18       18  

Net loss

  —         —         —         —         (12,941 )     —         (12,941 )
                                                 


Comprehensive loss

  —         —         —         —         —         —         (12,923 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2000 (restated)

  6,802,728       7       6,866       (1,857 )     (29,173 )     —         (24,157 )

Common stock repurchased

  (13,333 )     —         (2 )     —         —         —         (2 )

Warrants issued and beneficial conversion in preferred stock

  —         —         13,060       —         —         —         13,060  

Deferred stock-based compensation

  —         —         1,652       (1,652 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation

  —         —         —         1,445       —         —         1,445  

Remeasurement and issuance of stock options in exchange for consulting services

  —         —         1,122       —         —         —         1,122  

Stock options and warrants exercised

  647,985       —         195       —         —         —         195  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  —         —         (8,411 )     —         —         —         (8,411 )

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  —         —         —         —         (19,512 )     —         (19,512 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 


 

F-5


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (continued)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Common stock

  Additional
paid-in
capital


    Deferred
stock
compensation


    Accumulated
deficit
during the
development
stage


    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss


    Total


 

  Shares

  Amount

         
            (restated)                       (restated)  

Balance at December 31, 2001 (restated)

  7,437,380   $ 7   $ 14,482     $ (2,064 )   $ (48,685 )   $ —       $ (36,260 )

Common stock issued for technology license

  350,000     —       679       —         —         —         679  

Warrants issued and beneficial conversion in preferred stock

  —       —       12,325             —         —         12,325  

Deferred stock-based compensation

  —       —       3,188       (3,188 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation, net of reversal of $867 for terminated employees

  —       —       (867 )     3,372       —         —         2,505  

Remeasurement and issuance of stock options in exchange for consulting services

  —       —       65       —         —         —         65  

Stock options and warrants exercised

  594,159     1     10       —         —         —         11  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  —       —       (8,001 )     —         —         —         (8,001 )

Change in unrealized gain on investments

  —       —       —         —         —         4       4  

Net loss

  —       —       —         —         (19,453 )     —         (19,453 )
                                             


Comprehensive loss

                                              (19,449 )
   
 

 


 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2002 (restated)

  8,381,539     8     21,881       (1,880 )     (68,138 )     4       (48,125 )

Deferred stock-based compensation (unaudited)

  —       —       86       (86 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation, net of reversal of $135 for terminated employees (unaudited)

  —       —       (135 )     730       —         —         595  

Remeasurement and issuance of stock options in exchange for consulting services (unaudited)

  —       —       130       —         —         —         130  

Stock options and warrants exercised (unaudited)

  21,097     —       1       —         —         —         1  

Change in unrealized gain on investments (unaudited)

  —       —       —         —         —         (1 )     (1 )

Net loss (unaudited)

  —       —       —         —         (9,189 )     —         (9,189 )
                                             


Comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                              (9,190 )
   
 

 


 


 


 


 


Balance at June 30, 2003 (unaudited)

  8,402,636   $ 8   $ 21,963     $ (1,236 )   $ (77,327 )   $ 3     $ (56,589 )
   
 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 


 

F-6


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     Years ended December 31,

    Six months ended
June 30,


       
     2000     2001     2002     2002     2003    

Period from
Inception
(January 5,
1996) to
June 30,

2003

 

                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                                                

Net loss

   $ (12,941 )   $ (19,512 )   $ (19,453 )   $ (10,412 )   $ (9,189 )   $ (77,327 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                                                

Noncash research and development expense

     744       —         679       679       —         1,716  

Amortization of investment premiums, net

     —         —         217       71       47       264  

Noncash stock compensation expense

     882       2,567       2,570       1,523       725       6,849  

Noncash interest expense

     21       44       55       26       25       163  

Noncash rent expense

     —         34       34       17       17       85  

Depreciation and amortization

     670       766       823       388       430       4,281  

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     —         75       11       2       1       195  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                                                

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     232       —         —         —         —         —    

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (384 )     140       (350 )     (317 )     204       (659 )

(Increase) decrease in deposits and other assets

     (1,242 )     766       63       70       23       (433 )

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     330       (312 )     (428 )     (326 )     134       729  

Increase in accrued liabilities

     499       333       568       11       (404 )     1,118  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net cash used in operating activities

     (11,189 )     (15,099 )     (15,211 )     (8,268 )     (7,987 )     (63,019 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities

                                                

Purchases of property and equipment

     (799 )     (888 )     (1,144 )     (737 )     (287 )     (6,209 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —         31       —         —         —         64  

Net cash acquired in acquisition

     —         —         —         —         —         437  

Purchases of investments available-for-sale

     —         —         (26,975 )     (17,698 )     (16,642 )     (49,433 )

Purchases of investments held-to-maturity

     —         —         —         —         —         (17,732 )

Proceeds from sales and maturities of investments available-for-sale

     7,257       —         13,146       —         23,236       54,786  

Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment, held-to-maturity

     —         —         —         —         —         5,145  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     6,458       (857 )     (14,973 )     (18,435 )     6,307       (12,942 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities

                                                

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     27,988       13,111       12,313       12,313       —         75,554  

Common stock repurchased

     —         (2 )     —         —         —         (3 )

Proceeds from stock options and warrants exercised

     228       195       11       8       1       440  

Proceeds from equipment financings

     977       706       1,304       716       330       5,469  

Principal payments on equipment financings

     (660 )     (882 )     (814 )     (365 )     (461 )     (3,581 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     28,533       13,128       12,814       12,672       (130 )     77,879  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     23,802       (2,828 )     (17,370 )     (14,031 )     (1,810 )     1,918  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     124       23,926       21,098       21,098       3,728       —    
    


 


 


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 23,926     $ 21,098     $ 3,728     $ 7,067     $ 1,918     $ 1,918  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Supplemental cash flow information

                                                

Interest paid

   $ 229     $ 216     $ 212     $ 98     $ 106     $ 1,235  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 


 

F-7


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

1.    Organization and significant accounting policies

 

Organization

 

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (the Company), a development stage enterprise, operates in one business segment, developing products based on T cell activation to treat cancer, infectious diseases and other medical conditions associated with compromised immune systems. As a development stage enterprise, substantially all efforts of the Company have been devoted to performing research and experimentation, conducting clinical trials, developing and acquiring intellectual properties, raising capital, and recruiting and training personnel.

 

Liquidity

 

We have experienced losses since our inception, including a net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2003. Net losses may continue for at least the next several years as we proceed with the development of our technologies. The size of these losses will depend on the creation of revenue from the commercialization and development of our technologies, if any, and on the level of our expenses. Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments have decreased from $17.3 million as of December 31, 2002 to $8.9 million as of June 30, 2003. In October 2003 we issued convertible notes of approximately $12.7 million. The notes convert to common stock upon the closing of this offering. These convertible notes are due in October 2004, if not converted prior to that date. If the notes do not convert, we will require additional funding to continue our business activities through at least December 31, 2004. We believe that sufficient funding will be available to meet our projected operating and capital requirements through December 31, 2004 and are considering various options, including securing additional equity financing and obtaining new collaborators. If we raise additional capital by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders may experience substantial dilution. If we require additional financing, there can be no assurance that it will be available on satisfactory terms, or at all. If we are unable to secure additional financing on reasonable terms, or are unable to generate sufficient new sources of revenue through arrangements with customers, collaborators and licensees, we will be forced to take substantial restructuring actions, which may include significantly reducing our anticipated level of expenditures, the sale of some or all of our assets, or obtaining funds by entering into financing or collaborative agreements on unattractive terms, or we well not be able to fund operations.

 

Unaudited interim financial information

 

The financial information as of June 30, 2003 and for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003, and the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year.

 

Restatement of financial information

 

The balance sheet as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 and the consolidated statements of operations and changes in stockholders’ deficit for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, have been restated to recognize the accretion associated with beneficial conversion feature of the Company’s Series E and F redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately upon issuance (earliest date of

 


 

F-8


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

conversion) and to reverse the accretion previously recognized on the discount associated with the Company’s Series D, E and F redeemable convertible preferred stock due to redemption not being probable. Management believes that it is unlikely that the investors would redeem the preferred stock due to the Company’s plans for an initial public offering. This restatement was the result of application of Emerging Issues Task Force Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities, and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Securities. The effect of this restatement is to increase (decrease) net loss applicable to common stockholders by ($614), $4,171 and ($15,421) for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively; to increase (decrease) additional paid-in-capital by ($614), $3,557 and ($11,688), respectively, and to increase (decrease) stockholders’ deficit and redeemable convertible preferred stock by ($614), $3,703 and ($11,688), at December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

 

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

 

Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity on the date of purchase of three months or less. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of money market securities. While cash and cash equivalents held by financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured limits, management believes that no material credit or market risk exposure exists due to the high quality of the institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts.

 

All investment securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are reported in a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. Amortization, accretion, interest and dividends, realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method. Investments in securities with maturities of less than one year or which management intends to use to fund current operations are classified as short-term investments.

 

The Company evaluates whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. This evaluation is dependent on the specific facts and circumstances. Factors that are considered in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value has occurred include: the market value of security in relation to its cost basis; the financial condition of the investee; and the intent and ability to retain the investment for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery in the market value of the investment.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment is stated at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the assets’ useful lives, which are six years for equipment and furniture and fixtures and three years for computer equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful lives or the term of the lease.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144), the Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. An

 


 

F-9


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

impairment loss will be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset.

 

Revenue recognition

 

To date, the Company has generated no revenues from sales of products. Revenues relate to fees received for licensed technology, cost reimbursement contracts and a Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) grant awarded to the Company by the National Institutes of Health. Revenue associated with up-front license fees and research and development funding payments are recognized ratably over the relevant periods specified in the agreement, generally the research and development period. Revenue under research and development cost-reimbursement agreements is recognized as the related costs are incurred. Revenue related to grant agreements is recognized as related research and development expenses are incurred.

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net income (loss). The Company’s only other comprehensive income (loss) is unrealized gain (loss) on investments.

 

Research and development expenses

 

Research and development expenses are charged to expense as incurred and include, but are not limited to, personnel costs, lab supplies, depreciation, amortization and other indirect costs.

 

Segments

 

The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (SFAS 131), and related disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company has determined that it operates in only one segment.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123), and applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and related interpretations in accounting for stock options. Accordingly, employee stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on the intrinsic value of the option at the date of grant.

 

As required under SFAS No. 123, the pro forma effects of stock-based compensation on net loss are estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value method of the Black-Scholes option pricing model, as allowed for nonpublic companies. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Because the Company’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different

 


 

F-10


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, the existing models do not, in management’s opinion, necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

 

The fair value of these options was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value method with the following weighted average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003: risk-free interest rates of 5.61%, 4.5%, 5.0%, 5.0% and 5.0%, respectively; a dividend yield of 0% for all periods; expected volatility of 0% for all periods; and weighted average expected lives of the options of 3.7, 4, 4, 4 and 4 years, respectively. The estimated weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 was $2.71, $4.60, $2.28, $3.20 and $1.15 per share of common stock, respectively.

 

For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the vesting period of the related options. The Company’s pro forma information follows (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,

    Six months ended
June 30,


 
     2000     2001     2002     2002     2003  

Net loss applicable to common stockholders;
as reported

   $ (12,941 )   $ (27,923 )   $ (27,454 )   $ (18,413 )   $ (9,189 )

Add: Employee stock-based compensation as reported

     770       1,445       2,505       1,522       595  

Deduct: Stock-based compensation determined under the fair value method

     (798 )     (1,591 )     (2,879 )     (1,695 )     (805 )
    


 


 


 


 


Pro forma net loss

   $ (12,969 )   $ (28,069 )   $ (27,828 )   $ (18,586 )   $ (9,399 )
    


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share

   $ (2.16 )   $ (4.05 )   $ (3.56 )   $ (2.47 )   $ (1.15 )
    


 


 


 


 


 

Stock options granted to nonemployees are recorded using the fair value approach in accordance with SFAS 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Consensus (EITF) Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services (EITF 96-18). The options to nonemployees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.

 

Deferred stock compensation includes amounts recorded when the exercise price of an option is lower than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Deferred stock-based compensation is amortized over the vesting period of the underlying option using the graded-vesting method.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes utilizing the liability method in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109). Deferred tax assets or liabilities are recorded for all temporary differences between financial and tax reporting. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be recovered.

 


 

F-11


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

Net loss per share

 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common stock equivalents, including redeemable convertible preferred stock, stock options and warrants are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share as their effect is anti-dilutive. For the periods presented, there is no difference between the basic and diluted net loss per share.

 

Financial instruments

 

Financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents and payables, are recorded at cost which approximates fair value based on the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of investments is determined based on quoted market prices. Refer to Note 2 for further information on the fair value of investments. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, management believes that the carrying value of equipment financing arrangements approximates fair value.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

 

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which addresses accounting for restructuring, discontinued operation, plant closing or other exit or disposal activity. SFAS 146 requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. SFAS 146 is to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of SFAS 146 had no initial impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued FIN 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, and Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34. FIN 45 clarifies the requirements of SFAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies, relating to the guarantor’s accounting for, and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees. The disclosure provisions of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements of periods ending after December 15, 2002. However, the provisions for initial recognition and measurement are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 had no initial impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. EITF Issue No. 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to

 


 

F-12


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

use assets. The provisions of EITF Issue No. 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company is currently evaluating the effects that the adoption of EITF Issue No. 00-21 will have on the financial statements.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, to certain entities in which the equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46 applies immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003 and to variable interest entities in which an enterprise obtains an interest after that date. It applies in the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 to variable interest entities in which an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1, 2003. FIN 46 applies to public enterprises as of the beginning of the applicable interim or annual period. The Company does not believe there will be a material effect upon its financial condition or results of operations from the adoption of the provisions of FIN 46.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The requirements of SFAS 150 are to be applied to the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2004. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 150.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

 

2.    Investments

 

A summary of investments follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2002

     Amortized
cost
   Gross
unrealized
gains
   Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair
value

Federal agency obligations

   $ 1,532    $ 1    $  —         $ 1,533

Corporate bonds

     9,859      5      (2 )     9,862

Municipal bonds

     2,221      —        —         2,221
    

  

  


 

Total

   $ 13,612    $ 6    $ (2 )   $ 13,616
    

  

  


 

 

     June 30, 2003

     Amortized
cost
   Gross
unrealized
gains
   Gross
unrealized
losses
   Fair
value

Federal agency obligations

   $ 6,006    $ 2    $ —      $ 6,008

Corporate bonds

     965      1      —        966
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 6,971    $ 3    $ —      $ 6,974
    

  

  

  

 


 

F-13


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

The Company has realized no gains or losses upon the sale of available-for-sale securities during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended June 30, 2003. All investments held at December 31, 2002 and June 30, 2003 have contractual maturities within one year. During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company held only cash and cash equivalents and no investments.

 

3.    Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,

   

June 30,

2003

 
     2001     2002    

Equipment

   $ 2,270     $ 2,957     $ 3,194  

Furniture and fixtures

     191       197       199  

Leasehold improvements

     769       916       920  

Computer equipment

     612       888       925  
    


 


 


Property and equipment, gross

     3,842       4,958       5,238  

Less accumulated amortization and depreciation

     (1,539 )     (2,345 )     (2,769 )
    


 


 


Property and equipment, net

   $ 2,303     $ 2,613     $ 2,469  
    


 


 


 

Depreciation expense totaled $470,000, $632,000 and $823,000 during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively and $430,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2003.

 

4.    Employee note receivable

 

During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company made a $50,000 secured loan to an employee in connection with an individual employment agreement. The loan bears interest at an annual rate of 8.24% and is repayable in equal quarterly installments over four years. The note balance of $50,000, $36,000 and $33,000 at December 31, 2001 and 2002 and June 30, 2003, respectively, has been classified in deposits and other assets. Interest earned on the note has been immaterial to date.

 

5.    Significant agreements

 

Technology licenses

 

In 1998, the Company entered into a license agreement with Genetics Institute, under which the Company was granted the use of several patents for intellectual property in exchange for the payment of a nonrefundable fee of approximately $53,000, 145,875 shares of Series B preferred stock, and warrants to purchase 194,500 shares of Series B preferred stock at $1.10 per share. The nonrefundable fee was charged to research and development expense when paid. The Company, or sublicensee, is required to spend no less than $500,000 annually on research and development activities related to product development until the first commercial sale of the product. In 1999, the Company entered into a license and supply agreement with Diaclone S.A., in which the Company was granted a license to develop and commercialize a specific antibody. In consideration for the license, the Company paid and charged to research and development expense a $75,000 nonrefundable fee. In addition, the Company entered into a license agreement with the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center in which the Company was granted

 


 

F-14


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

a license to develop and commercialize a specific antibody. In consideration for the license, the Company paid nonrefundable license fees of $50,000. The Company also agreed to issue 150,000 shares of common stock, valued at $744,000, to the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center. The Company charged research and development expense for all nonrefundable fees paid and the value of the common stock issued.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company entered into a license agreement with the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, whereby the Company was granted the right to use certain intellectual property in exchange for payment of nonrefundable license fees of $150,000. The Company also agreed to issue 350,000 shares of common stock, valued at $679,000, to the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania. In addition, the Company may be required to make future payments under the license agreement based on the achievement of certain milestone events, which could total $3.9 million. The Company charged research and development expense for all nonrefundable fees paid and the value of common stock issued.

 

All license agreements require the payment of royalties by the Company based on sales and services. No royalty payments have been required or paid through December 31, 2002.

 

Manufacturing and supply contracts

 

The Company entered into a development and supply agreement with Dynal S.A. during the year ended December 31, 1999. The Company has agreed to make nonrefundable payments totaling $3.0 million for certain development activities conducted by Dynal S.A. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had made payments totaling $2.0 million under the agreement ($2.5 million as of June 30, 2003) which were charged to research and development expense. Of the Company’s remaining $1.0 million in payments, $500,000 was accrued at December 31, 2003 and paid in January 2003. The remaining $500,000 payment is payable upon the achievement of specified milestones per the development work plans. As estimated completion dates of the milestone activities are speculative and subject to delivery and acceptance of the product from Dynal to the Company, the Company will expense such payment in the period the products are delivered and accepted. Under the terms of the supply agreement, the Company is required to buy a minimum $250,000 of beads in the first 12 months after the development phase ends and $500,000 of beads annually thereafter over the remaining term of the agreement, which expires in 2009 or earlier upon breach by either party. The term may be extended five years by either party.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company entered into development and supply agreements with Lonza Biologics PLC (Lonza). Under the terms of the agreements, the Company is obligated to make payments in British pounds. Exchange rate gains and losses have been insignificant to date. The Company paid approximately $252,000, $1.7 million and $1.6 million under the agreements during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and $1.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2003, all of which were charged to research and development expense. As of June 30, 2003, the Company had no significant contractual obligations to Lonza.

 

Corporate collaboration

 

In March 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with Fresenius Biotechnology GmbH, a wholly owned subsidiary of Fresenius AG. Under the terms of the agreement, which expired in August 2003, Fresenius was granted the right to use the Company’s Xcellerate Technology to conduct a Phase I/II HIV gene therapy study in Europe. The Company is required to transfer its Xcellerate Technology, including

 


 

F-15


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

manufacturing capability, to Fresenius and supply all antibody-coated beads required by Fresenius to support the trial. Fresenius is required to reimburse the Company for expenses associated with transferring the technology and supplying the antibody-coated beads. As of June 30, 2003, the Company has recognized $72,000 as revenue related to the reimbursement of its costs.

 

6.    Redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants

 

Preferred stock

 

A summary of redeemable convertible preferred stock follows (in thousands, except share data):

 

     December 31, 2002

   June 30, 2003

    

Shares

authorized

and

designated

  

Issued and

outstanding

shares

  

Aggregate

redemption

and

liquidation

preference

   Carrying
value
  

Shares

authorized

and

designated

  

Issued and

outstanding

shares

  

Aggregate

redemption

and

liquidation

preference

   Carrying
value

Series A

   7,300,080    6,860,512    $ 6,517    $ 6,596    7,300,080    6,907,353    $ 6,562    $ 6,660

Series B

   4,097,580    3,903,080      4,293      4,293    4,097,580    3,903,080      4,293      4,293

Series C

   7,212,316    7,185,630      12,000      11,976    7,212,316    7,185,630      12,000      11,976

Series D

   10,300,000    10,109,825      28,105      25,263    10,300,000    10,109,825      28,105      25,263

Series E

   6,500,000    4,750,095      13,205      8,411    6,500,000    4,750,095      13,205      8,411

Series F

   6,500,000    4,444,251      12,355      8,001    6,500,000    4,444,251      12,355      8,001
    
  
  

  

  
  
  

  

     41,909,976    37,253,393    $ 76,475    $ 64,540    41,909,976    37,300,234    $ 76,520    $ 64,604
    
  
  

  

  
  
  

  

 

From inception through December 31, 1999, the Company issued 6,334,212 shares of Series A preferred stock at $0.95 per share for proceeds of $6.0 million; 3,757,205 shares of Series B preferred stock at $1.10 per share for proceeds of $4.1 million; and 7,185,630 shares of Series C preferred stock at $1.67 per share for proceeds of $12.0 million. The Company also issued an additional 526,300 shares of Series A preferred stock in conjunction with a business acquisition. The value of the Series A preferred stock of $579,000 was included in the determination of the purchase price of the acquired business. The Company also issued 145,875 shares of Series B preferred stock to acquire technology licenses. These shares were valued at $1.10 per share for an aggregate amount of $160,000. There were no significant costs associated with the Series A, B and C private placements.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company completed a private placement of 10,109,825 shares at $2.78 per share of Series D redeemable preferred stock for $28.0 million, net of offering costs of $117,000. In connection with the offering, holders of the Series D preferred stock received 1,132,287 warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.30 per share. The warrants were valued at $2.7 million using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The warrants expire in August 2005 or upon the completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. Of the total net proceeds of $28.0 million, $2.7 million has been recorded in paid-in capital and $25.3 million has been recorded as redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company completed a private placement of 4,750,095 shares at $2.78 per share of Series E redeemable preferred stock for $13.1 million, net of offering costs of $145,000. In connection with the offering, holders of the Series E preferred stock received warrants to purchase 2,586,162 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants expire

 


 

F-16


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

in November 2006 or upon completion of an initial public offering. The net proceeds from the Series E preferred stock offering were allocated based on the relative fair values of the warrants, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and the preferred stock. The Company assigned $4.6 million to the value of the warrants and $8.4 million to the value of the preferred stock. After allocating a portion of the proceeds to the common stock warrants, the effective conversion price of the preferred stock was at a discount to the price of the common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible. The discount associated with the beneficial conversion feature is limited to the proceeds allocated to the preferred stock, or $8.4 million. Accordingly, the preferred stock was initially recorded at zero. The Company has recognized the amortization of the discount associated with the beneficial conversion of $8.4 million as a charge to additional paid-in capital (also shown as a deduction to arrive at net loss applicable to common stockholders) and a credit to preferred stock immediately upon issuance since the preferred stock may be converted into common stock at any time, at the holder’s option. The remaining discount of $4.6 million will be amortized at the time that redemption by the holders is considered probable or the preferred stock is converted into common stock.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company completed a private placement of 4,444,251 shares at $2.78 per share of Series F redeemable preferred stock for $12.3 million, net of offering costs of $30,000. In connection with the offering, holders of the Series F preferred stock received 2,419,649 warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants expire in February 2007 or upon completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The net proceeds from the Series F preferred stock offering were allocated based on the relative fair values of the warrants, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and the preferred stock. The Company assigned $4.3 million to the value of the warrants and $8.0 million to the value of the preferred stock. After allocating a portion of the proceeds to the common stock warrants, the effective conversion price of the preferred stock was at a discount to the price of the common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible. The discount associated with the beneficial conversion is limited to the proceeds allocated to the preferred stock, or $8.0 million. The Company has recognized the amortization of the discount associated with the beneficial conversion of $8.0 million as a charge to additional paid-in capital (also shown as a deduction to arrive at net loss applicable to common stockholders) and a credit to preferred stock immediately upon issuance since the preferred stock may be converted into common stock at any time, at the holder’s option. The remaining discount of $4.3 million will be amortized at the time that redemption by the holders is considered probable or the preferred stock is converted into common stock.

 

Holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock have preferential rights to noncumulative dividends at a rate of $0.076, $0.088, $0.1336, $0.2224, $0.2224 and $0.2224 per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. The holders are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock could be converted. In the event of liquidation, the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock have preferential rights to liquidation payments of $0.95, $1.10, $1.67, $2.78, $2.78 and $2.78 per share, respectively, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. After the distributions to the holders of preferred stock have been made, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of common stock and preferred stock.

 

The preferred stock can be converted, at the option of the holder, one-for-one into common stock subject to adjustment for antidilutive events. The conversion price for Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock

 


 

F-17


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

is $0.95, $1.10, $1.67, $2.78, $2.78 and $2.78, respectively. Each share of the preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock upon the closing of an initial public offering, provided that the price per share is not less than $4.00 and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $20.0 million.

 

In addition, the Company has granted registration rights and rights of first offer to the preferred stockholders and is precluded from carrying out certain actions without the approval of the majority of the preferred stockholders voting as a group.

 

As of December 31, 2002, the preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the holder of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock at any time. The Series A, B, C, D, E and F redemption price is $0.95, $1.10, $1.67, $2.78, $2.78 and $2.78 per share, respectively.

 

Warrants

 

From inception through December 31, 1999, warrants were issued to purchase 368,410 shares of Series A preferred stock in connection with a business acquisition at an exercise price of $0.95 per share. The value of the warrants of $330,000 was included in the determination of the purchase price of the business. In addition, warrants to purchase 71,158 shares of Series A preferred stock at $0.95 per share and warrants to purchase 12,315 shares of Series C preferred stock at $1.67 per share were issued in connection with equipment financing. The estimated fair value of the warrants issued of $64,000 and $15,000, respectively, was recorded as an additional financing cost and is being amortized over the term of the loan as interest expense. The warrants to purchase 71,158 shares of Series A preferred stock were exercised in March 2003 through a net exercise, resulting in the issuance of 46,841 shares of Series A preferred stock. In addition, the Company issued warrants to purchase 194,500 shares of Series B preferred stock as partial consideration for a technology license. The warrants were issued at an exercise price of $1.10 per share, and the estimated fair value of the warrants of $131,000 was charged to research and development expense.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, the Company issued warrants to purchase 14,371, 23,741 and 23,741 shares, respectively, of Series C, D and F preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.67, $2.78 and $2.78 per share, respectively, in connection with equipment financing. The estimated fair value of the warrants issued of $36,000, $113,000 and $56,000, respectively, was recorded as additional financing cost and is being amortized over the term of the loan as interest expense using the effective interest method.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company issued a warrant for the purchase of 80,000 shares of Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.78 per share, in connection with a lease for a manufacturing facility. The estimated fair value of the warrant of $340,000 was recorded as deferred rent and is being recognized as additional rent expense over the initial term of the lease.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company issued a warrant for the purchase of 10,000 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.78 per share, for services provided in connection with the private placement of Series E redeemable preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the warrants of $48,000 was included in offering costs of the placement.

 


 

F-18


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

Warrants expire at various dates from August 2005 to February 2012, including 470,725 warrants outstanding at December 31, 2002, which will expire upon the closing of an initial public offering. All remaining preferred stock warrants, (327,511 at December 31, 2002 and 256,353 at June 30, 2003) that do not expire upon the closing of an offering, will convert to common stock warrants upon the closing of an initial public offering. The Company has valued the warrants issued during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend yields; life of 5 years to 10 years; risk-free interest rates of 4.5% to 5.42%; and volatility of 75% to 80%.

 

7.    Stock option plan

 

Under the Company’s Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan (1996 Plan), 4.4 million shares of common stock have been reserved for grants to employees, directors and consultants as of December 31, 2002. The term of the 1996 Plan is 10 years unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors. Options granted under the 1996 Plan may be designated as incentive or nonqualified at the discretion of the 1996 Plan administrator. The vesting period, exercise price and expiration period of options are also established at the discretion of the 1996 Plan administrator. Vesting periods are typically four or five years, and incentive stock options are exercisable at no less than the fair market value at the date of grant and nonqualified stock options are exercisable at prices determined by the 1996 Plan administrator. In no event shall the term of any incentive stock option exceed 10 years.

 

Shares issued upon exercise of options that are unvested are restricted and subject to repurchase by the Company at the original exercise price upon termination of employment, and such restrictions lapse over the original vesting schedule. During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Board of Directors amended the 1996 Plan to allow options granted to certain executives to become exercisable immediately. Three executives elected to early exercise stock options for 513,858 shares of restricted common stock in the year ended December 31, 2000. During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company repurchased 13,333 shares of restricted stock. The shares were repurchased in an amount equal to the original purchase price of the shares. At December 31, 2002, there were a total of 261,080 shares of restricted common stock outstanding and subject to repurchase (213,611 at June 30, 2003). A summary of stock option activity and related information follows:

 

    Years ended December 31,   Six months ended
June 30,
    2000

  2001

  2002

  2003

    Options    

Weighted-

average

exercise

price

  Options    

Weighted

average

exercise

price

  Options    

Weighted

average

exercise

price

  Options    

Weighted

average

exercise

price


Outstanding at beginning of period

  1,222,125     $ 0.14   1,139,268     $ 0.24   1,880,606     $ 0.53   3,358,067     $ 0.77

Granted at fair value

  —         —     —         —     697,750       1.00   —         —  

Granted at less than fair value

  999,094       0.38   820,500       0.91   1,263,248       1.00   143,250       1.00

Canceled

  (372,802 )     0.16   (66,516 )     0.30   (476,793 )     0.78   (87,142 )     0.85

Exercised

  (709,149 )     0.32   (12,646 )     0.17   (6,744 )     0.36   (21,097 )     0.22
   

       

       

       

     

Outstanding at end of period

  1,139,268     $ 0.24   1,880,606     $ 0.53   3,358,067     $ 0.77   3,393,078     $ 0.78
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

F-19


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

The following summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2002:

 

    

Number

of options

  

Outstanding

weighted

average

remaining

contractual

life (years)

  

Weighted

average

exercise

price

   Exercisable

Range of

exercise price

           

Number

of options

  

Weighted

average

exercise

price


$0.10-$0.11

   186,416    4.37    $ 0.10    186,416    $ 0.10

$0.17

   434,021    6.87      0.17    422,311      0.17

$0.30-$0.50

   432,931    7.87      0.43    331,751      0.44

$1.00

   2,304,699    9.12      1.00    312,930      1.00
    
              
      
     3,358,067    8.40    $ 0.77    1,253,408    $ 0.44
    
              
      

 

The number of options exercisable at December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 was 669,821, 1,026,385 and 1,253,408, respectively. The weighted average exercise price of options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 was $0.15, $0.30 and $0.46, respectively.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, the Company granted options to purchase a total of 122,500, 395,000 and 35,000 shares of common stock, respectively, to consultants and Scientific Advisory Board members for services to be performed through October 2007. No stock option grants have been made to non-employees during the six months ended June 30, 2003. In accordance with SFAS 123 and EITF 96-18, options granted to consultants and Scientific Advisory Board members are periodically revalued over the related service periods. The Company recorded stock compensation of $112,000, $1.1 million and $65,000 during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and $130,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2003, related to consulting services.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended June 30, 2003, in connection with the grant of certain options to employees, the Company recorded deferred stock compensation of $2.0 million, $1.7 million, $3.2 million and $86,000, respectively, representing the difference between the exercise price and the subsequently determined fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date such stock options were granted. The subsequently determined fair value of the Company’s common stock was $5.31 during the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001, ranged from $1.00 to $3.82 during the year ended December 31, 2002 and ranged from $1.00 to $2.51 during the six months ended June 30, 2003. Deferred stock compensation is being amortized on a graded vesting method. During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended June 30, 2003, the Company recorded noncash deferred stock compensation expense of $770,000, $1.4 million, $2.5 million and $595,000, respectively.

 


 

F-20


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

8.    Common stock

 

Common stock reserved for future issuance at December 31, 2002 and June 30, 2003 is as follows:

 

Description    December 31,
2002
  

June 30,

2003


1996 Stock Option Plan

         

Options granted and outstanding

   3,358,067    3,393,078

Options reserved for future grant

   259,957    203,849

Series A preferred stock

   7,300,080    7,300,080

Series B preferred stock

   4,097,580    4,097,580

Series C preferred stock

   7,212,316    7,212,316

Series D preferred stock

   10,300,000    10,300,000

Series E preferred stock

   6,500,000    6,500,000

Series F preferred stock

   6,500,000    6,500,000

Preferred stock warrants

   798,236    727,078

Common stock warrants

   4,915,344    4,990,344
    
  
     51,241,580    51,224,325
    
  

 

Milestone pool

 

Pursuant to a business acquisition prior to January 1, 1999, the Company reserved 1,582,340 shares of common stock (Milestone Pool) for the Company’s possible acquisition of new technology from the scientific founders of the acquired business. During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Milestone Pool was terminated. In exchange for the termination of all rights to the remaining Milestone Pool shares, these scientific founders entered in consulting agreements and were granted options to purchase a total of 375,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 150,000 shares immediately vested. The remaining options vest over the four-year consulting term and will be periodically revalued and recognized as expense over the related service period. During the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended June 30, 2003, the Company recorded stock-based compensation of $980,000, $30,000 and $63,000, respectively.

 

Common stock warrants

 

During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,132,287, 2,586,162 and 2,419,649 shares of common stock, respectively, to private investors in connection with the issuance of Series D, E and F preferred stock. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, the Company issued warrants to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock in connection with a consulting arrangement. During the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, warrants to purchase 635,339 and 587,415 shares of common stock were exercised, respectively. No warrants were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2000 or the six months ended June 30, 2003.

 

9.    Income taxes

 

At December 31, 2002, the Company had operating loss carryforwards of approximately $55.9 million and research and development tax credit carryforwards of $3.0 million for federal income tax reporting purposes. The net operating losses and tax credits will expire beginning in 2011 if not previously utilized.

 


 

F-21


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

In certain circumstances, as specified in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, due to ownership changes, the Company’s ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The significant components of deferred taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,

 
     2001     2002  

Deferred tax assets:

                

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 13,959     $ 19,008  

Research and development tax credit

     2,265       2,972  

License agreements

     302       562  

Other

     161       230  
    


 


       16,687       22,772  

Less valuation allowance

     (16,532 )     (22,679 )
    


 


Net deferred tax assets

     155       93  

Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Depreciation

     (155 )     (93 )
    


 


Net deferred taxes

   $ —       $ —    
    


 


 

A valuation allowance has been recorded for deferred tax assets because realization is primarily dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased $4.3 million, $6.5 million and $6.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, principally due to net operating losses recorded during those periods. There have been no offsets or other deductions to the valuation allowance in any period since the Company’s inception.

 

10.    Long-term obligations and lease obligations

 

The Company has commitments for noncancelable operating leases for a manufacturing facility, building space and office equipment. The building lease includes rent escalation clauses (3% annually) and has two five-year renewal options. The manufacturing facility lease contains annual rent escalations of 4.5% and an option to renew the lease for two additional five-year periods. In addition to base rent, the Company is required to pay a pro rata share of the operating costs related to the manufacturing facility and building leased space. The Company was required to provide security under the manufacturing lease agreement totaling $435,000 in the form of cash and issued a preferred stock warrant to the lessor.

 

The Company has financed the acquisition of laboratory and scientific equipment, furniture and fixtures, computer equipment and leasehold improvements through financing arrangements with various third parties. In connection with the financings, the Company has issued preferred stock warrants to the third parties. At December 31, 2002, the Company has one financing arrangement under which it may borrow up to $1.7 million. At June 30, 2002, borrowings under this arrangement are limited to $500,000 until the Company receives additional funding acceptable to the lender. At June 30, 2003, the Company has $170,000 available to it under the outstanding arrangement, which expires in January 2004 unless

 


 

F-22


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

renewed. Subsequent to June 30, 2003, the Company entered into a financing arrangement with a new lender. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company may borrow up to $2.5 million to finance the acquisition of laboratory and scientific equipment, furniture and fixtures, computer equipment and leasehold improvements. Outstanding borrowings under the current and previous financing arrangements were $1.5 million and $2.0 at December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and $1.9 million at June 30, 2003. Outstanding borrowings require monthly principal and interest payments and mature at various dates through 2007. Interest rates applicable to the outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2002 range from 9.18% to 14.12%. The weighted average interest rates for borrowings outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the six months ended June 30, 2003 were 13.24%, 12.66%, 11.09% and 10.61%, respectively. Borrowings are secured by the acquired assets that have a net book value of $2.2 million at December 31, 2002. Under all agreements, the Company is required to comply with certain nonfinancial covenants.

 

Future minimum payments under operating leases and equipment financing arrangements at December 31, 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Equipment

financings

arrangements

   

Operating

leases


Year ended December 31,

              

2003

   $ 818     $ 1,469

2004

     661       1,514

2005

     391       1,572

2006

     121       1,416

2007

     —         1,058

Thereafter

     —         3,366
    


 

       1,991     $ 10,395
            

Less unamortized discount

     (121 )      

Less current portion

     (818 )      
    


     

Long-term equipment obligations

   $ 1,052        
    


     

 

Rent expense totaled $643,000, $1.6 million and $1.6 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and $807,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2003, respectively.

 

11.    Commitments and contingencies

 

The Company has been named as a defendant in a complaint involving several other parties. Due to the uncertainty of litigation, the Company’s management and external legal counsel are unable to determine the ultimate outcome of the matter or estimate the amount or range of potential loss, if any, which may arise.

 


 

F-23


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

12.    Net loss per share

 

The calculation of basic and diluted loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

    Year ended December 31,

   

Six months ended

June 30,


 
    2000     2001     2002     2002     2003  

Net loss

  $ (12,941 )   $ (19,512 )   $ (19,453 )   $ (10,412 )   $ (9,189 )

Accretion of preferred stock

    —         (8,411 )     (8,001 )     (8,001 )     —    
   


 


 


 


 


Net loss applicable to common stockholders

  $ (12,941 )   $ (27,923 )   $ (27,454 )   $ (18,413 )   $ (9,189 )
   


 


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares

    6,067,480       7,405,576       8,121,940       7,860,690       8,384,910  

Weighted average common shares subject to repurchase

    (64,923 )     (469,587 )     (313,287 )     (337,594 )     (241,301 )
   


 


 


 


 


Weighted average number of shares used for basic and diluted per share amounts

    6,002,557       6,935,989       7,808,653       7,523,096       8,143,609  
   


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss per common share

  $ (2.16 )   $ (4.03 )   $ (3.52 )   $ (2.45 )   $ (1.13 )
   


 


 


 


 


Pro forma (unaudited):

                                       

Weighted average shares used above

                    7,808,653               8,143,609  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect weighted effect of assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

                    36,741,509               37,283,671  
                   


         


Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding

                    44,550,162               45,427,280  
                   


         


Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

                  $ (0.44 )           $ (0.20 )
                   


         


 

The Company has excluded all redeemable convertible preferred stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, common stock warrants and outstanding stock options from the calculation of diluted net loss per common share because all securities are antidilutive for the periods presented. The total number of shares excluded from the calculations of diluted net loss per common share was 31,073,109, 38,547,353 and 46,325,040 for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively, and 45,832,527 and 46,410,734 for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

13.     Subsequent events

 

Initial public offering

 

In September 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an initial public offering of its common stock (the Offering). Prior to completion of the Offering, the Company will amend and restate its Certificate of Incorporation to authorize the issuance of up to 100 million shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, the rights and preferences of which may be established from time to time by the Board of Directors. If the Company’s Offering is consummated, all of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock, and 470,725 redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants will expire upon the closing of the Offering. All remaining preferred stock warrants (256,353) which do not expire upon the closing will convert to common stock warrants upon the closing of the

 


 

F-24


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

Offering. Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2003, reflects the effect of the assumed conversion of the preferred stock.

 

If the Offering is consummated, all related costs will be offset against the proceeds in equity. If not consummated, the costs will be charged to expense in the period the Offering is terminated. At June 30, 2003, there were no costs deferred associated with the Offering.

 

1996 Stock Plan

 

In September 2003, the 1996 Plan was amended to increase common stock reserved for grants to 6.4 million shares.

 

Other stock plans

 

In connection with the Offering, the Board of Directors authorized, subject to final shareholder approval, the following additional plans.

 

The 2003 Stock Plan (2003 Plan) provides for the grant of incentive stock options and stock purchase rights to employees (including employee directors) and nonstatutory stock options to employees, directors and consultants. A total of 3.5 million shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan will be subject to an automatic annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2005 and ending in 2010 equal to the lesser of 600,000 shares, 4% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or such lesser number of shares as the Board of Directors determines. With respect to options granted under the 2003 Plan, the term of options may not exceed 10 years. In no event may an employee receive awards for more than 1 million shares under the 2003 Plan in any fiscal year.

 

A total of 500,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan (2003 Directors’ Plan). Under the 2003 Directors’ Plan, each non-employee director who first becomes a non-employee director after the effective date of the plan will receive an automatic initial grant of an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock upon becoming a member of the Board of Directors. On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director will be granted an option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock if, on such a date, the director has served on the Board of Directors for at least six months. The 2003 Directors’ Plan provides that each option granted to a new director shall vest at the rate of one-third of the total number of shares subject to such option 12 months after the date of grant, with the remaining shares vesting thereafter in equal monthly installments over the next two years so that the option will be fully vested after three years. Each annual option granted to a director vests in full at the end of one year. All options granted under the 2003 Directors’ Plan have a term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant.

 

A total of 600,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2003 Employee Plan). The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2003 Employee Plan will be increased on the first day of each of the fiscal years in 2005 to 2010 by the lesser of 300,000 shares, 1% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the last day of the

 


 

F-25


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

immediately preceding fiscal year or such lesser number of shares as the Board of Directors determines. Unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors, the 2003 Employee Plan will terminate in September 2023.

 

Stock options

 

In September 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 886,500 and 15,000 stock options to employees and non-employees, respectively, under the 1996 Plan. The Company will record additional deferred compensation of $2.0 million related to these option grants to employees in the third quarter of 2003, which will be amortized over the vesting period. The options to non-employees will be periodically revalued and recognized as expense over the related service period.

 

SBIR grant

 

In August 2003, the Company was awarded a $1.2 million SBIR grant by the National Institutes of Health to help fund the Company’s clinical trial evaluating the use of Xcellerated T Cells to treat patients with chronic lymphocytic leukemia.

 

Corporate collaborations

 

The Company has a letter of intent to establish an alliance with Taiwan Cellular Therapy Company, or TCTC, a company newly formed under the laws of Taiwan, to develop and market our Xcellerate Technology in Australia and Asia, excluding Japan. The letter of intent requires the Company to negotiate in good faith a definitive agreement with TCTC on or before November 15, 2003. The letter of intent provides that the definitive agreement is subject to, among other things, TCTC closing, or obtaining commitments for, at least $25 million in equity financing on or before December 30, 2003. If the Company elects not to proceed with the alliance for any reason, other than for a good faith inability to negotiate a definitive agreement, and the Company enters into an agreement with a third party in Australia or Asia before February 22, 2004, the Company will be required to pay a break-up fee to TCTC.

 

The Company has agreed to reserve the rights to its Xcellerate Technology in Australia and Asia for TCTC until at least December 30, 2003. If the Company completes an alliance with TCTC, the Company will be required to expend significant resources to transfer technology to TCTC and assist them in developing and manufacturing components of the Xcellerate Technology. The Company will also be required to invest $2.5 million in TCTC’s equity financing.

 

Convertible promissory notes

 

 

In October 2003, the Company issued Convertible Promissory Notes for $12.7 million. Interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Notes accrues annually at a rate of 6 percent. Principal and any accrued but unpaid interest under these Notes are due and payable upon demand by the holder at any time after October 2004; provided, however, that on or after February 1, 2004, the holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes may elect to accelerate the maturity to a date after February 1, 2004.

 


 

F-26


Table of Contents

Xcyte Therapies, Inc. (a development stage company)


 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (continued)

(Information as of June 30, 2003, for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from inception (January 5, 1996) to June 30, 2003 is unaudited)

 

In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Promissory Notes, the holders of the Notes received warrants to purchase additional shares of the Company’s stock at a price defined in the warrant agreement. If an initial public offering occurs prior to the maturity date of the Notes and the closing of the next private financing, then the warrants will be null and void.

 

If the Company consummates its initial public offering in which all of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock converts to common stock, prior to the maturity date, the entire principal amount of and accrued but unpaid interest on these Notes will be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock with a par value per share of $0.001 simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering.

 

 


 

F-27


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

 

Part II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and The Nasdaq National Market listing fee.

 


   Amount

SEC registration fee

   $ 6,068

NASD filing fee

     8,000

Nasdaq National Market listing fee

     5,000

Printing and engraving expenses

     75,000

Legal fees and expenses

     150,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

     *

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     3,500

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *
    

Total

   $ *
    


*   To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14.    Indemnification of directors and officers

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Article XIV of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.2 hereto) and Article VI of our Amended and Restated Bylaws (Exhibit 3.3 hereto), provide for indemnification of our directors and officers, and permits indemnification of our employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of Delaware. Delaware law provides that a corporation may eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

Ø   breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

Ø   acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

Ø   unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

Ø   any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements (Exhibit 10.1 hereto) with our officers and directors. The underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) also provides for cross-indemnification among us, and the underwriters with respect to certain matters, including matters arising under the Securities Act. We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Since September 30, 2000, we have sold and issued the following securities:

 

1.  

As of September 30, 2003, we had granted and issued options to purchase 3,985,560 shares of our common stock with a weighted average price of $0.81 to a number of our employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 1996 stock incentive compensation plan. Among those receiving options

 


 

II-1


Table of Contents

Part II


 

 

were Ronald J. Berenson, Joanna S. Black, Mark Frohlich, Mark Bonyhadi, Kathi Cordova, Stewart Craig, Jean Deleage, Peter Langecker and Robert Williams.

 

2.   As of September 30, 2003, we had issued an aggregate of 816,406 shares of our common stock to executive officers, directors and employees upon the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our 1996 stock incentive compensation plan with an aggregate exercise price of $234,564. Among those that we have issued shares to were Ronald J. Berenson and Kathi Cordova.

 

3.   In December 2000, we granted and issued a warrant with an expiration date of the earlier of either the closing of this offering or December 7, 2005, to purchase 80,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.78 to Hibbs/Woodinville Associates, LLC in connection with a lease.

 

4.   In December 2000, we issued 150,000 shares of our common stock to the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center in connection with a license agreement.

 

5.   In July 2001, we granted and issued a warrant with an expiration date of July 17, 2008 to purchase 23,741 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.78 to General Electric Capital Corporation in connection with a loan agreement.

 

6.   In November 2001, we issued 4,750,095 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock to investors, including but not limited to Alta Partners, ARCH Venture Corporation, MPM Capital, entities affiliated with Sprout Group and W Capital Partners Ironworks, L.P.for an aggregate cash consideration of $13,205,264.

 

7.   In November 2001, we granted and issued warrants with an expiration date of the earlier of either the closing of this offering or November 12, 2006, to purchase an aggregate of 2,586,162 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to our Series E investors for an aggregate cash consideration of $2,586, in connection with our Series E financing.

 

8.   In November 2001, we granted and issued a warrant with an expiration date of the earlier of either the closing of this offering or August 8, 2005 to purchase 10,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.78 to Chun-Te Liao in connection with consulting services.

 

9.   In February and March 2002, we issued 4,444,251 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock to investors, including but not limited to Alta Partners, ARCH Venture Corporation, RiverVest, and affiliates of Sprout Group and W Capital Partners Ironworks, L.P. for an aggregate cash consideration of $12,355,018.

 

10.   In February and March 2002, we granted and issued warrants with an expiration date of the earlier of either the closing of this offering or February and March 2012 to purchase an aggregate of 2,419,649 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to our Series F investors for an aggregate cash consideration of $2,420, in connection with our Series F financing.

 

11.   In February 2002, we granted and issued a warrant with an expiration date of February 7, 2009 to purchase 23,741 shares of Series F Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.78 to General Electric Capital Corporation in connection with a loan agreement.

 

12.   In April 2003, we granted and issued a warrant with an expiration date of April 1, 2008 to purchase 35,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 to Inkeun Lee in connection with consulting services.

 

13.   In April 2003, we granted and issued a warrant with an expiration date of April 1, 2008 to purchase 40,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 to Inkeun Lee in connection with consulting services.

 

14.   In May 2002, we issued 350,000 shares of our common stock to the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania in connection with a license agreement.

 


 

II-2


Table of Contents

Part II


 

15.   In July 2003, we granted and issued a warrant with an expiration date of the earlier of July 17, 2010 or the closing of this offering to purchase 464 shares of Series F Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.78 to Oxford Finance Corporation in connection with equipment loan.

 

16.   In September 2003, we granted and issued a warrant with an expiration date of the earlier of September 5, 2010 or the closing of this offering to purchase 770 shares of Series F Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.78 to Oxford Finance Corporation in connection with equipment loan.

 

17.   In October 2003, we sold convertible promissory notes in an aggregate amount of approximately $12.7 million to investors, including but not limited to Alta Partners, ARCH Venture Partners, MPM Capital, Sprout Group, Vector Fund and W Capital Partners Ironworks L.P. These convertible promissory notes will be converted into 7,268,265 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering.

 

18.   In October 2003, in connection with the sale of convertible promissory notes, we issued warrants to purchase shares of either preferred stock issued in our next equity financing at the then applicable price per share, or, if we have not had a next equity financing on or before the maturity date of the convertible promissory notes, our Series F Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.78 per share. The warrants are not exercisable on or prior to completion of this offering and terminate upon completion of this offering.

 

The issuances of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D, or another applicable exemption of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. In addition, certain issuances described in Items 1 and 2 were deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented to us their intentions to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and warrants issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us and otherwise, to information about us.

 

Item 16.    Exhibits

 

Exhibit

number


    

Description


1.1     

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1     

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Xcyte Therapies, Inc.

3.2     

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. to be filed and effective upon completion of this offering.

3.3     

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering.

4.1 *   

Form of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. Stock Certificate.

5.1 *   

Opinion of Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe LLP.

10.1     

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Xcyte Therapies and each of its officers and directors.

10.2     

Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated November 13, 2001.

10.3     

Series F Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated February 5, 2002.

 


 

II-3


Table of Contents

Part II


 

Exhibit

number


    

Description


10.4         

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated February 5, 2002.

10.5         

Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated May 22, 2002.

10.6         

Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc.

10.7         

Warrant to purchase Series D Preferred Stock dated December 7, 2000 issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Hibbs/Woodinville Associates, LLC.

10.8         

Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation.

10.9         

Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Xcyte Therapies in favor of Chun-Te Liao dated November 30, 2001.

10.10       

Warrant to purchase Common Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Inkeun Lee dated April 1, 2003.

10.11       

Warrant to purchase Common Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Inkeun Lee dated April 1, 2003.

10.12       

Master Security Agreement between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Oxford Finance Corporation dated July 1, 2003.

10.13       

Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation dated July 17, 2003.

10.14       

Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation dated September 5, 2003.

10.15       

Senior Loan and Security Agreement dated July 1, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Phoenix Leasing Incorporated.

10.16       

Master Security Agreement dated January 15, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation.

10.17       

Facility Lease dated June 21, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

10.18       

First Amendment to Lease dated October 23, 2001 to Lease dated June 21, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

10.19     

Second Amendment to Lease dated March 26, 2003 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

10.20       

Facility Lease dated December 7, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Hibbs/ Woodinville Associates, LLC.

10.21       

Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.

10.22       

2003 Stock Plan.

10.23       

2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.24       

2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan.

10.25† *   

Agreement dated August 28, 2003 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Taiwan Cell Therapy Company, as amended.

10.26† *   

License and Supply Agreement dated October 15, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Diaclone S.A., as amended.

 


 

II-4


Table of Contents

Part II


 

Exhibit

number


    

Description


10.27† *   

Development and Supply Agreement dated August 1, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Dynal S.A.

10.28†     

License Agreement dated July 8, 1998 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc., and Genetics Institute, Inc.

10.29†     

Non-Exclusive License Agreement dated October 20, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, as amended.

10.30†     

Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.31†     

Amendment No. 1 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.32†     

Amendment No. 2 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.33†     

Amendment No. 3 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.34†     

Amendment No. 4 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.35†     

Amendment No. 5 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.36†     

Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.37†     

Amendment No. 2 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.38†     

Amendment No. 3 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.39       

Employment Agreement between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Mark Frohlich, M.D. dated as of August 27, 2001.

10.40       

Employment Agreement between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Joanna S. Black, J.D. dated as of December 31, 2001.

23.1         

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

23.2*     

Consent of Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1         

Power of Attorney (see page II-7).


*   To be supplied by amendment.
  Certain information in these exhibits has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a confidential treatment request under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and 230.406.

 


 

II-5


Table of Contents

Part II


 

Item 17.    Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)   for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

(2)   for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

 


 

II-6


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Seattle, State of Washington on October 10, 2003.

 

XCYTE THERAPIES, INC.
By:  

/S/    RONALD J. BERENSON

 
   

Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, Ronald J. Berenson, Joanna S. Black and Kathi L. Cordova, and each of them, as his attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and any and all Registration Statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with or related to the offering contemplated by this Registration Statement and its amendments, if any, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming such person’s signature as it may be signed by said attorney to any and all amendments to said Registration Statement.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 


Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/S/    RONALD J. BERENSON


Ronald J. Berenson, M.D.

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  October 10, 2003

/S/    KATHI L. CORDOVA


Kathi L. Cordova

  

Senior Vice President of Finance and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  October 10, 2003

/S/    ROBERT CURRY


Robert Curry, Ph.D.

  

Director

  October 10, 2003

/S/    JEAN DELEAGE


Jean Deleage, Ph.D.

  

Director

  October 10, 2003

/S/    DENNIS HENNER


Dennis Henner, Ph.D.

  

Director

  October 10, 2003

/S/    PETER LANGECKER


Peter Langecker, M.D., Ph.D.

  

Director

  October 10, 2003

/S/    ROBERT T. NELSEN


Robert T. Nelsen

  

Director

  October 10, 2003

Robert M. Williams, Ph.D.

  

Director

   

 

 


 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit

number

     Description

1.1     

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1     

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Xcyte Therapies, Inc.

3.2     

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. to be filed and effective upon completion of this offering.

3.3     

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering.

4.1 *   

Form of Xcyte Therapies, Inc. Stock Certificate.

5.1 *   

Opinion of Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe LLP.

10.1     

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Xcyte Therapies and each of its officers and directors.

10.2     

Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated November 13, 2001.

10.3     

Series F Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated February 5, 2002.

10.4     

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated February 5, 2002.

10.5     

Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated May 22, 2002.

10.6     

Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc.

10.7     

Warrant to purchase Series D Preferred Stock dated December 7, 2000 issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Hibbs/Woodinville Associates, LLC.

10.8     

Form of Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation.

10.9     

Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Xcyte Therapies in favor of Chun-Te Liao dated November 30, 2001.

10.10     

Warrant to purchase Common Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Inkeun Lee dated April 1, 2003.

10.11     

Warrant to purchase Common Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Inkeun Lee dated April 1, 2003.

10.12     

Master Security Agreement between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Oxford Finance Corporation dated July 1, 2003.

10.13     

Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation dated July 17, 2003.

10.14     

Warrant to purchase Series F Preferred Stock issued by Xcyte Therapies, Inc. in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation dated September 5, 2003.

10.15     

Senior Loan and Security Agreement dated July 1, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Phoenix Leasing Incorporated.

10.16     

Master Security Agreement dated January 15, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation.

10.17     

Facility Lease dated June 21, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

10.18     

First Amendment to Lease dated October 23, 2001 to Lease dated June 21, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

10.19     

Second Amendment to Lease dated March 26, 2003 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

10.20     

Facility Lease dated December 7, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Hibbs/ Woodinville Associates, LLC.

10.21     

Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.


Table of Contents

Exhibit

number

     Description

10.22     

2003 Stock Plan.

10.23     

2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.24     

2003 Directors’ Stock Option Plan.

10.25† *   

Agreement dated August 28, 2003 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Taiwan Cell Therapy Company, as amended.

10.26† *   

License and Supply Agreement dated October 15, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Diaclone S.A., as amended.

10.27† *   

Development and Supply Agreement dated August 1, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Dynal S.A.

10.28†     

License Agreement dated July 8, 1998 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc., and Genetics Institute, Inc.

10.29†     

Non-Exclusive License Agreement dated October 20, 1999 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, as amended.

10.30†     

Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.31†     

Amendment No. 1 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.32†     

Amendment No. 2 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.33†     

Amendment No. 3 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.34†     

Amendment No. 4 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.35†     

Amendment No. 5 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.36†     

Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.37†     

Amendment No. 2 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.38†     

Amendment No. 3 to the Services Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Lonza Biologics PLC.

10.39       

Employment Agreement between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Mark Frohlich, M.D. dated as of August 27, 2001.

10.40       

Employment Agreement between Xcyte Therapies, Inc. and Joanna S. Black, J.D. dated as of December 31, 2001.

23.1         

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

23.2*     

Consent of Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1         

Power of Attorney (see page II-7).


*   To be supplied by amendment.
  Certain information in these exhibits has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a confidential treatment request under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and 230.406.